SM 14

Service
Maintenance
Crafter 2006 ➤
Edition 12.2014
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
Maintenance
Heading
1. Engine list
2. Service work
3. General
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4. Descriptions of work Volksw not
gu
d by ara
5. Legally required extrahoris work according to country
e nte
eo
ut ra
6. Additional work sin
s countries where no specific exhaust emission
a c regulations have to be adhered
to
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg K0059030420

Crafter 2006 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014
Contents
1 Engine list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .w.a.ge. n. A.G. ..V.ol.ks.w. a.g.en. A. G. d. o.e. . . . . . . . . . . 1
olks s no
2 Service work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. b.y.V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .t .gu. a.r . . . . . 4
e a
2.1 Information reference flexible or fixed service tho
ris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .n.tee. . .
o
4
u
2.2 Service tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ss. a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r a.c 6
2.3 Scopes of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
3 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.1 Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ility
ot p
3.2 Vehicle data sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
wit
is n
3.3 Severe operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
h re
ole,
3.4 Type plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
spec
3.5 Engine code and engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
t to the co
3.6 Sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.7 Entries in service schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
rrectne
4 Descriptions of work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.1 Raising vehicle with lifting platform and trolley jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ss
4.2 Reading ash mass (saturation level) of diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
o
cial p
f i
4.3 Battery isolation switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
nform
mer
4.4 Checking that battery positive terminal clamp is securely attached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
atio
m
4.5 Battery (also second battery): Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

o
n
c
4.6 Driver and front passenger airbag: Visually checking airbag units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
i
or
n thi
te
4.7 Checking tyres: Condition, wear pattern, tyre pressure, tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
sd
iva
o
pr
c
4.8 Brake system: Carrying out visual check for leaks and damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
um
r
fo
en
ng
4.9 Thickness of brake pads and condition of brake discs, front and rear: Check . . . . . . . . . . 61
t.
yi Co
op
4.10 Changing brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
C py
t. rig
gh ht
4.11 Brake fluid level (depending on lining/pad wear): Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yri
67
p by
co Vo
lksw
4.12 Electric window regulators: Checking positioning (open and close functions) . . . . . . . . . . 68
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.13 Sliding/tilting glass sunroof: Checking positioning (open and close functions) . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.14 Self-diagnosis: Reading event memory of all systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.15 Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter): Cleaning housing and renewing filter element . . . . . . . . 74
4.16 Fuel filter: Draining water (diesel engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.17 Fuel filter: Renewing (diesel engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.18 Fuel system: Bleeding (diesel engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.19 AdBlue® (reducing agent) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.20 Cooling system: Checking frost protection and coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.21 Air filter: Cleaning housing and renewing filter element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.22 Engine oil level: Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.23 Engine oil: capacities and specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.24 Engine oil: Draining or extracting and replenishing; renewing oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
4.25 Engine and components in engine compartment (from above and below): Carrying out visual
check for leaks and damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.26 Breakdown set: Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.27 Carrying out a road test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.28 Wheel securing bolts: Tightening to specified torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.29 Radio navigation system: Inserting navigation CD/DVD and carrying out update . . . . . . . . 103
4.30 Windscreen wash/wipe system and headlight washer system: Checking function and
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.31 Wiper blades: Checking park position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
4.32 Headlight adjustment: Checking, adjusting if necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
4.33 Service interval display: Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.34 Service interval display: Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
4.35 Steering, track rod end and steering linkage bellows: Checking play and security . . . . . . 116
4.36 Swivel joints and axle mountings: Carrying out visual check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
4.37 Power assisted steering: Checking oil/fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Contents i
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Crafter 2006 ➤ ir se
d ran
tee
o
Maintenance - Edition
au 12.2014
th or
ac
ss
ce
le
4.38 Paint: Carrying out visual check for damage and corrosion, interior and exterior when doors
un
pt
an
d
and bonnet/rear lid/flaps are open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
itte
y li
erm
ab
4.39 Rear end door hinges: Lubricating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
ility
4.40 ot p
Front axle differential, transfer box and rear axle differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
wit
is n
4.41 Water drain hole in floor area of sliding door: Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
h re
ole,
spec
4.42 Undercoating: carrying out visual check for damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.43 Clock: Setting to correct time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
t to the co
4.44 Tow starting and towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.45 Switching off electric system (“red slide”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
rrectne
4.46 Switching on electric system (“red slide”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
4.47 Switching off electric system (“button”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
s
4.48 Switching on electric system (“button”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
s o
cial p
f
4.49 Synchronisation of electric system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
inform
4.50 Checking first aid box expiry date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
mer
atio
4.51 Trailer coupling: Checking function, play and security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
om
n
c
4.52 Trailer coupling: Greasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
i
or
n thi
e
4.53 6-speed manual gearbox 0CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

t
sd
iva
o
r
4.54 Gearbox, final drive and rear axle: Visual check for leaks and damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
p
cum
r
fo
4.55 Tightening leaf spring bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
4.56 Air filter saturation indicator (if fitted): Carrying out visual check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
C py
t. rig
gh
4.57 Activated charcoal/combination filter for air conditioning system: Renewing filter element
ht
pyri by
Vo
........................................................................ 149
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
4.58 Felt filter mat for roof air conditioning system: Renewing filter element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
AG.
4.59 Checking seat belts and belt buckles for exterior damage and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
4.60 Retightening threaded connections of Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive
........................................................................ 151
4.61 Camshaft drive toothed belt: checking condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
4.62 Bonded rubber bushes for transfer box: Renewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
4.63 Propshaft for front axle: Renew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
4.64 Front and rear wheel bearings: Renew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
4.65 Gearbox balance weight: Renewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
4.66 Boot for brake piston: Renewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
4.67 Poly V-belt: Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5 Legally required extra work according to country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
5.1 General for exhaust emissions test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
5.2 Procedure according to engine codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
5.3 Engine codes: BJJ, BJK, BJL, BJM, CEBA, CEBB, CECA, CECB, CKTB, CKTC, CKUB,
CKUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.4 Exhaust emissions test with OBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
6 Additional work in countries where no specific exhaust emission regulations have to be
adhered to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.1 Exhaust emissions test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.2 Exhaust emissions test with OBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
ii Contents
Crafter 2006 ➤
1 Engine list
(VIGG000745; Edition 12.2014)
Crafter 2006 ► Diesel engines ⇒ page 1
Crafter 2011 ► Diesel engines ⇒ page 2
Note
To ease the search for an engine, the engine codes are listed in
alphabetical order.
Diesel engines 2006 ►

Engines: ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine
Capacity I 2.5 2.5 2.5
Introduction Week 03/2006 ▶ Week 03/2006 ▶ Week 03/2006 ▶
Engine code BJJ BJK BJL
No. of cylinders/valves per cylinder 5/2 5/2 5/2
Output kW at rpm 65/3500 80/3500 100/3500
Torque Nm at rpm 220/1750 - 2500 280/2000 - 2250 300/1750 - 2750
Bore Diameter mm 81.0 81.0 81.0
Stroke mm 95.5 95.5 95.5
Compression ratio 16.8 16.8 16.8
Injection/ignition TD TD TD
en AG. Volkswagen ACommon
G do Rail Common Rail Common Rail
g
swa es n
Fuel yV
olk acc. to DINt EN
o gu 590 DIN EN 590 DIN EN 590
db ara
Diesel particulate
ho rise filter yes 2) 3) nte
e yes/no 1) 2) 3) yes 2) 3)
t or
au
Camshaft
ss drive Toothed belt ac
Toothed belt Toothed belt
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
1) Depending on vehicle equipment

ility
ot p
wit
2)
, is n
RME fuel (biodiesel) must not be used for vehicles with stand‐
h re
ard diesel particulate filter (DPF).

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3) When using diesel with elevated sulphur content, the service

t to the co
life of the diesel particulate filter may be reduced. To find out

which countries have increased sulphur content in the diesel fuel,
see ⇒ page 11
rrectness of i

l purpos

Introduction Week 03/2006 ▶ WEEK 05/2009 ▶ WEEK 05/2009 ▶
nform
ercia
Engine code BJM CEBA CEBB

m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e
Output kW at rpm 120/3500 65/3300 80/3300

at
do
riv
Torque Nm at rpm 350/2000 - 3000 250/1900 - 2300 300/1900 - 2300

p
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op py
Stroke mm 95.5 95.5 95.5
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Common Rail Common Rail Common Rail
1. Engine list 1
Crafter 2006 ➤

Introduction Week 03/2006 ▶ WEEK 05/2009 ▶ WEEK 05/2009 ▶
Engine code BJM CEBA CEBB
Fuel acc. to DIN EN 590 DIN EN 590 DIN EN 590
Diesel particulate filter yes/no 1) 2) 3) yes 2) 3) yes 2) 3)
Camshaft drive Toothed belt Toothed belt Toothed belt
1) Depending on vehicle equipment AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
2) RME fuel (biodiesel) must not be used for o
by vehicles with stand‐
V gu
d ara
ard diesel particulate filter (DPF). orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
3) When using diesel with elevated a
s sulphur content, the service
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
see ⇒ page 11
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Engines: ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine
wit
is n
h re
Capacity I 2,5 2,5
ole,
spec
Introduction WEEK 05/2009 ▶ WEEK 05/2009 ▶
t to the co
Engine code CECA CECB
No. of cylinders/valves per cylinder 5/2 5/2
rrectne
Output kW at rpm 100/3500 120/3500
Torque Nm at rpm 330/2000 - 2800 360/2000 - 2800
ss
Bore Diameter mm 81.0 81.0
o
cial p
f in
Stroke mm 95.5 95.5
form
mer
Compression ratio 17.0 17.0 atio

om
n
c
Injection/ignition TD TD
i
or
n thi
Common Rail Common Rail

te
sd
iva
Fuel acc. to DIN EN 590 DIN EN 590

pr
cum
r
fo
en
Diesel particulate filter

ng
yes 2) 3) yes 2) 3)
t.
yi Co
op py
Camshaft drive Toothed belt Toothed belt
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1) Depending on vehicle equipment
2)RME fuel (biodiesel) must not be used for vehicles with stand‐
see ⇒ page 11
Diesel engines 2011 ►
Note
To ease the search for an engine, the engine codes are listed in
alphabetical order.
2 1. Engine list
Crafter 2006 ➤

Introduction WEEK 30/2011 ▶ WEEK 30/2011 ▶ WEEK 30/2011 ▶
Engine code CKTB CKTC CKUB
Output kW at rpm 80/3500 100/3500 120/3600
Torque Nm at rpm 300/1500 - 2250 340/1575 - 2250 400/1800
Stroke mm 95.5 95.5 95.5
Diesel particulate filter yes 1) 2) yes 1) 2) yes 1) 2)
1)RME fuel (biodiesel) must not be used for vehicles with stand‐
which countries have increased sulphur content in the diesel fuel, n AG. Volkswagen AG do
see ⇒ page 11 olks
wage es n
o V t gu
by ar
Engines: ⇒ ed
Diesel oengine Diesel engine Diesel aengine
nte
ris eo
th
Capacity I ss au2.0 2.0 2.0 r ac
ce
Introduction WEEK 30/2011 ▶ Week 22/2013 Week 22/2013
le
un
pt
an
d
Engine code CKUC CSLB CSNA

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Output kW at rpm 105/3500 84/3500 120/3500
is n
h re
ole,
Torque Nm at rpm 340/1575 - 2250 300/1500 400/1750 - 2500
spec
t to the co
Stroke mm 95.5 95.5 95.5
Injection/ignition TD TD TD rrectne
ss

o
cial p
f in
Diesel particulate filter

form
yes 1) 2) yes 1) 2) yes 1) 2)

mer
atio

om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
1)
p
RME fuel (biodiesel) must not be used for vehicles with stand‐
um
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
2) When using diesel with elevated sulphur content, the service t. C rig
gh ht
yri
life of the diesel particulate filter may be reduced. To find out p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
see ⇒ page 11
AG.
1. Engine list 3
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Crafter
ut 2006 ➤
ho eo
ra
a
Maintenance
ss - Edition 12.2014 c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2 Service work
erm
ab
ility
ot p
This chapter provides information on the following subjects:
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Information reference flexible or fixed service ⇒ page 4
spec
♦ Service tables ⇒ page 6
t to the co
♦ Scope of service ⇒ page 15
2.1 Information reference flexible or fixed
rrectne
service
ss o
Service identification ⇒ page 4
cial p
f inform
Flexible service ⇒ page 4
mer
atio
m
Fixed service ⇒ page 4

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
Service interval display ⇒ page 5
te
sd
iva
o
r
2.1.1 Service identification

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Referring to vehicle data sticker ⇒ page 37 , check if vehicle Cop py
is equipped with following PR numbers:
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
The PR number is decisive for the service intervals
by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ page 6 .
Prote AG.
Model year PR number Service

► 2012 QG1 Flexible service
► 2012 QG0, QG2 Fixed service
2013 ► QI8 Flexible service
2013 ► QI1, QI2, QI3, QI4, QI5, QI7 Fixed service
2.1.2 Flexible service

The flexible service enables long service intervals, depending on
individual driving style and the conditions under which the vehicle
is used.
Note
For the flexible service, special LongLife engine oil is required

⇒ page 7 .
Vehicles with PR number “QG1” or “QI8” are set up for flexible

service before they leave the factory. This means that these ve‐
hicles have a flexible service interval display ⇒ page 5 and are
fitted with the following components:
♦ Flexible service interval display in dash panel insert
♦ Engine oil level sensor
♦ Brake pad wear indicator (if fitted)
For vehicles with flexible service the service interval is determined
by the control unit and is indicated on service interval display
(SID) ⇒ page 5 .
Therefore the service intervals are flexible.
2.1.3 Fixed service

For vehicles with a fixed service, fixed services are calculated.
This means that the indicated mileage or time intervals have al‐
4 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
ready been determined and specified by Volkswagen Commer‐

cial Vehicles. For normal operating conditions achieving these
service intervals is technically assured.
Therefore the service intervals are fixed.
The fixed service applies for the following vehicles:
♦ Vehicles which have not been delivered with extended serv‐
icing intervals (ESI) (PR numbers “QG0”, “QG2”, “QI1”, “QI2”,
“QI3”, “QI4”, “QI5”, “QI7”).
♦ Vehicles for which extended service interval (ESI) was stop‐
ped.
♦ Vehicles for which no LongLife engine oil was used.
These non-flexible service intervals apply to all types of service
including an engine oil change.
Vehicles with PR number “QG0”.
AG. Volkswagen
The vehicles are “not” factory-fitted with components
wage
n
for flexible AG does n
olks
service. Fixed service intervals apply for
db
ymaintenance.
V ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
Vehicles with PR number “QG2” utho or
sa ac
The PR number is valid only tos ►2012.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
For these vehicles the flexible service is not factory-activated.
an
itte
y li
Therefore, these vehicles have a fixed service interval display
erm
ab
⇒ page 5 and for maintenance the fixed service intervals (rigid
ility
ot p
service intervals) apply. These vehicles are fitted with the follow‐
wit
, is n
ing components:
h re
hole
spec
♦ Fixed service interval display in dash panel insert
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Engine oil level sensor
♦ Brake pad wear indicator (if fitted)
rrectness of i
2.1.4 Service interval display
l purpos
Introduction of extended servicing intervals (ESI) ⇒ page 5 nf

ercia
Flexible service interval display (only vehicles with a flexible serv‐

or
ice) ⇒ page 5
m
m
atio
om
Fixed service interval display (only vehicles with a fixed service)

n in
or c
⇒ page 6
thi
te
sd
iva
Service type for service due ⇒ page 6

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Service initial warning ⇒ page 6

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Service interval display: Reset ⇒ page 113
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Service interval display: Adapt ⇒ page 115
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Introduction of extended servicing intervals (ESI)

Ask your importer if the extended servicing interval (ESI) is avail‐
able for your country.
Flexible service interval display (only vehicles with a flexible serv‐
ice)
Calculation of service intervals:
♦ The service intervals on vehicles with a flexible service is cal‐
culated. Input values such as distance travelled, fuel con‐
sumption, oil temperature and loading on diesel particulate
filter are evaluated by the control unit.
2. Service work 5
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ The result of the evaluation is a measure of the deterioration

of the oil due to thermal load.
♦ Oil deterioration is the decisive factor in determining the dis‐
tance that can still be driven before the next service.
Note
For vehicles with a flexible service but which are serviced ac‐
cording to fixed service intervals, the service interval display must
be recoded to “non-flexible” ⇒ page 115 .
Fixed service interval display (only vehicles with a fixed service)

Calculation of service intervals:
♦ The service interval for vehicles with a fixed service is calcu‐
lated in fixed service intervals. This means that the mileage or
time values have been previously determined and specified by
Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles.
♦ For normal operating conditions achieving these service in‐
tervals is technically assured.
Service type for service due agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV
♦ On vehicles with text messages on dash panel insert the mes‐
gu
ara
ed
sage “Service now”thoand a spanner symbol are displayed.
ris nte
eo
au ra
The service information
ss disappears after a few seconds or if en‐ c
ce
gine is running.
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Service initial warning

y li
erm
ab
ility
If a service is due soon, an initial service warning appears on dash

ot p
wit
panel insert display when ignition is switched on.

is n
h re
ole,
♦ On vehicles with text messages on dash panel insert display,

spec
the following appears: Service in --- km or --- days.

t to the co
The service information disappears after a few seconds or if en‐

gine is running.
rrectne
♦ The service initial warning is displayed 20 days before the next

service is due.
ss
♦ The remaining distance displayed is always rounded to the

o
cial p
nearest 100 km or the remaining time rounded to full days.

inform
mer
2.2 Service tables

atio
om
n
c
The following chapter contains the well-known service tables with

or
n thi
e
the service specifications of the Volkswagen Commercial Vehi‐

t
sd
va
cles brand. Since, in the past, individual service specifications

i
o
pr
cum
r
were set up in various markets, mostly through severe operating

fo
en
ng
conditions, these are listed in service tables with specific devia‐

t.
yi Co
op
tions. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
Service tables ⇒ page 7
Note
♦ For combined kilometre and time display applies: whichever

AG. Volkswagen
occurs first. wage
n AG do
es n
Volks ot g
y u
♦ Depending on conditions
ir se
d b
under which the vehicle is usedaraand
nt
vehicle equipment,
utho extra service work must be performed inee or
addition to the
ss oil change service, interval service or inspection c
a a
service.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ It is also possible, to carry out additional work outside the

itte
y li
service intervals with regard to the entries in the service sched‐
rm
ab
pe
ility
ule (or sticker: your next service).
ot
wit
, is n
h re
2.2.1 Service tables
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Service interval 2006 ► 2012 ⇒ page 7
t to the co
♦ Service interval 2013 ► 2013 ⇒ page 8
rrectness of i
♦ Service interval 2014 ► ⇒ page 8
l purpos
♦ Service intervals for Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-

wheel drive ► 2013 ⇒ page 9
nform
ercia
♦ Service intervals for Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-

wheel drive ► 2014 ⇒ page 10
m
a
com
tio
♦ Engine oil: capacities and specifications ⇒ page 95
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
Note
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
For combined kilometre and time display applies: whichever oc‐ Cop py
. rig
curs first.
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service intervals 2006 ►2012

Crafter (2E/2F)
Service interval 2006 ►2012
From to PR No./Remarks Service: Indicated on service inter‐
Intervals val display
(includes oil change)
2006 ► 2012 Diesel engines with high Oil change service (fixed) YES
sulphur content in diesel every 10,000 km
fuel
QG0/QG2 or QG1 vehi‐ Oil change service (fixed): YES
cles coded to fixed inter‐ every 20,000 km/1 year
vals Interval service (fixed) YES
40,000 km/2 years
QG1 vehicles Interval service (flexible) YES
max. 40,000 km/2 years
All vehicles Inspection service NO
80,000 km/every 2 years
2. Service work 7
Crafter 2006 ➤

Crafter (2E/2F)
From - to PR No./Remarks Service: Indicated on service inter‐
2013 ► QI1 Oil change service (fixed): YES
2013 every 5,000 km / 1 year
QI2 Oil change service (fixed): YES
every 7,500 km / 1 year
QI3 Oil change
lksw service (fixed): YES
AG. Vo
every
agen AG
10,000doekm
kswagen s no / 1 year
Vol t
QI4 db
y Oil change servicegu(fixed):
ara YES
rise every 15,000 km / 1 year
nte
ho eo
ut r
QI5 ss a
Oil change service (fixed): ac YES
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
QI1, QI2, QI3, QI4, QI5 Interval service (fixed): YES

itte
y li
every 40,000 km or 2 years
rm
ab
pe
ility
QI8 Interval service (flexible): YES
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
QI1, QI2, QI3, QI4, QI5, QI8 Inspection service NO
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Service intervals 2014 ►

Crafter (2E/2F)
nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti

on in

r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp

um
fo
en

ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
QI3 Prote
cted Oil change service (fixed):
AG.
agen
YES
QI8 Oil change service (flexible): YES
max. 40,000 km or 2 years
QI1, QI2, QI3, QI4, QI5, QI8 Inspection: 1) YES
after 40,000 km or 2 years,
then every 40,000 km or 1 year
1) An extended inspection is due for the first time after 3 years and
then every 2 years or 80,000 km (observe scope of Service 2014
►)
8 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
Service intervals for Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel

drive ► 2013
Note
♦ The Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive can be

used in extreme conditions.
♦ Extreme conditions mean that the vehicle is driven more than
60 % of the time offroad (over unpaved surfaces) through mud
or water as well as over dusty terrain (for example working in
quarries).
♦ If a Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive is used
in extreme conditions, it must also have PR number 0X9.
♦ When a vehicle is used in extreme conditions, shortened serv‐
ice intervals and additional service items apply due to in‐
creased wear.
Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive (2E/2F)

From to PR No./Re‐ Service: Indicated on
marks Intervals service interval display
2013 ► QI4, QI5 AGOil
. Volkchange
swagen Aservice (fixed): YES
2013 agen every 20,000 km/1
G do
es n year
olksw ot gu
yV
ise
db Oil change service (fixed): ara
nte YES
hor
extreme conditions 1) eo
ut ra
ss a every 15,000 km or 1 year c
ce
e
QI4, QI5 Interval service (fixed) YES

nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab
Interval service (fixed) YES

ility
ot p
extreme conditions 1)
wit
, is n
every 15,000 km or 1 year

h re
hole
QI8 Interval service (flexible) YES

spec
max. 40,000 km/2 years

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Interval service (flexible) YES

rrectness of i
QI8 Inspection service NO

l purpos

Inspection service NO
nform
ercia
extreme conditions1)
60,000 km or 2 years
m
at
om
ion
c
1)If
in t
a Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive is used

or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Service work 9
Crafter 2006 ➤
wage
Maintenance - Edition V12.2014 es n
olks gu ot
y
db ara
ise nte
Service intervals for Crafter
hor 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel eo
ut
drive 2014 ► ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive can be
wit
, is n
used in extreme conditions.
h re
hole
spec
♦ Extreme conditions mean that the vehicle is driven more than
es, in part or in w
60 % of the time offroad (over unpaved surfaces) through mud
t to the co
or water as well as over dusty terrain (for example working in
quarries).
rrectness of i
♦ If a Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive is used
l purpos
♦ When a vehicle is used in extreme conditions, shortened serv‐

ice intervals and additional service items apply due to in‐
nf
ercia
creased wear.
orm
m
atio
om
n in
Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive (2E/2F)
or c
thi
e
Service intervals ► 2014

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
From to PR No./Re‐ Service: Indicated on
o
m
f
marks Intervals service interval display
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
2014 ► QI4, QI5 Oil change service (fixed): YES
rig ht
py by
Vo
every 20,000 km/1 year
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Oil change service (fixed): YES
every 15,000 km or 1 year
Oil change service (flexible) YES
QI4, QI5, QI8 Inspection: 2) YES
Inspection2) YES
extreme conditions1)
1)Ifa Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive is used
►)
2.2.2 Service tables with market-specific de‐

viations
The following chapter contains the service tables for Volkswagen
commercial vehicles for markets with individual maintenance re‐
quirements that differ from the German market due to the more
difficult vehicle operating conditions in those markets.
♦ Oil change intervals depending on sulphur content in fuel ►
2012 ⇒ page 11
♦ Service intervals 2013 ►
10 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
Caution
Only applies to diesel engines!

♦ In some regions, the sulphur content is relatively high.
♦ The high sulphur content leads to excessive wear of cyl‐
inders and it considerably reduces the cleanliness of pis‐
tons.
♦ Therefore, change the engine oil every 5,000 km in coun‐
tries with an elevated sulphur content in diesel fuel.
⇒ page 11 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
For combined kilometre and time display applies: whichever oc‐
itte
y li
rm
curs first.
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Oil change intervals depending on sulphur content in fuel ► 2012
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Crafter ► 2012
Oil change intervals depending on sulphur content in fuel
rrectness of i
Fuel quality ( ◀ 500 ppm 500-2,000 ppm 2,000-4,000 ppm ▶ 4,000 ppm
l purpos
EN590
)
PR numbers (SEA) QI8 QI5 QI3 QI2 QI1
nform
ercia
Change interval ESI 20,000 km/ 10,000 km/ 7,500 km/1 year 5,000 km/
m
a
com
t
1 year 1 year 1 year
ion in
r
te o
Abu Dhabi X
thi
s
iva
do
Albania X 1)
r
rp
cum
fo
Algeria X
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Angola X C py
ht. rig
rig ht
Armenia X
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Azerbaijan X
agen
Prote AG.
Australia X
Bahrain X
Belarus X 1), 3) X 4)
Belgium X
Bolivia X
Bosnia-Herzegovina X 1), 3)
Bulgaria X
Chile X 3) X 4)
Costa Rica X
Denmark X
Dominican Republic X 1), 4)
Dubai X
Ecuador X 1), 4)
El Salvador X
Ivory Coast X
Estonia X
2. Service work 11
Crafter 2006 ➤
Crafter ► 2012
EN590
)
Finland X
France X
French Guyana X
Georgia X
Gabon X
Gambia X
Ghana X
Greece X
Great Britain and North‐ X
ern Ireland
Guadeloupe X
Guatemala X
Honduras X
Hong Kong X 1)
Ireland X
. Volkswagen AG
Iceland X agen AG
ksw
does
ol not
Israel byV X gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Italy ut
ho
X eo
r
a ac
Jamaica ss X
ce
e
nl
pt
Jordan X
du
an
itte
y li
Cameroon X
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Kazakhstan X
wit
, is n
Qatar X
h re
hole
spec
Cape Verde X
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Kenya X
Columbia X
Croatia 1), 3)
rrectness of i
X
Cuba X
l purpos
Kuwait X
nf
ercia
Latvia X
orm
Lebanon X
m
atio
om
n in
Lithuania X
or c
thi
e
Luxembourg X
t
sd
iva
o
r
Libya X
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Madagascar X
t.
yi Co
op py
Malawi X
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
Mali X
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Malta X
AG.
Morocco X
Martinique X
12 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
Crafter ► 2012
EN590
)
Mauritius AG. Volkswagen AGXd
agen oes
olksw not
V
Mauritania d by X gu
ara
rise nte
Macedonia X 1), 3) X 1), 4)
utho eo
ra
s a c
Mexico X 4)
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Moldova X
an
itte
y li
erm
Mongolia X
ab
ility
ot p
Montenegro X
wit
, is n
h re
Mozambique X
hole
spec
Namibia X
es, in part or in w
t to the co
New Zealand X
Netherlands X
rrectness of i
Nigeria X
North Africa X
l purpos
Norway X
nform
ercia
Oman X
m
Austria X
at
om
ion
Panama X
c
in t
or
his
e
Paraguay X
at
do
priv
c
Peru X
um
for
en
ng
Poland X
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Portugal X
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Reunion X
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Romania X
Russia X 2), 5) X 1), 4)
Zambia X
Saudi Arabia X
Sweden X
Switzerland X
Senegal X
Serbia X
Singapore X 3) X 4)
Slovakia X
Slovenia X
Spain X
South Africa X 1), 5) X 1), 4)
Sudan X
Surinam X
Syria X
Taiwan X
Tanzania X
2. Service work 13
Crafter 2006 ➤
Crafter ► 2012
EN590
)
Trinidad X
wage es n
Czech Republic X yV
olks ot g
ua
d b ran
Tunisia o
ir se X tee
th or
u
Turkey X ss
a ac
ce
le
Uganda X
un
pt
an
d
Ukraine
itte
X 2), 4), 5)
y li
erm
ab
Hungary X
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Uruguay X 1), 4)
h re
ole,
Uzbekistan X
spec
Vietnam X
t to the co
Venezuela X
Belarus X
rrectne
Zimbabwe X
s
Cyprus X
s o
cial p
f in
1) Euro and premium diesel (DPF operation).
form
mer
atio
2) Eurodiesel and fleet operation only.
om
n
c
i
or
n
3) EU5 und EURO V
thi
te
sd
va
4) EU4
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
5) EURO V
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter (2E/2F)
2013 every 5,000 km / 1 year
QI1, QI2, QI3, QI4, QI5 Interval service (fixed): YES
14 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
Crafter (2E/2F)
QI8 AG. Volkswagen AInterval
agen es n service (flexible): YES
G do
ksw
y Vol
every 40,000
ot g
ua km or 2 years
edb ran
hoQI1, QI2, QI3, QI4, QI5, QI8 First inspectioneservice after NO
ris te
s aut
3 years, then every
or
ac 2 years
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Crafter (2E/2F)
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion

c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
t. Cop
py
rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
max. 40,000 km or 2 years
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
QI1, QI2, QI3, QI4, QI5, QI8 Inspection: 1) YES
►)
2.3 Scopes of service

The following chapter contains the well-known service tables of
the Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand. Since, in the past,
individual service specifications were set up in various markets,
mostly through severe operating conditions, these are listed in the
scopes of service tables with market specific deviations.
♦ Scopes of service ► 2013 ⇒ page 15
♦ Scopes of service 2014 ► ⇒ page 22
♦ Countries with high levels of dust ⇒ page 31
♦ Time and distance dependent additional work ⇒ page 29
2.3.1 Scopes of service ► 2013

This chapter lists the familiar scopes of service of Volkswagen
Commercial Vehicles to model year 2013. Because individual
service guidelines, generally due to extreme operating conditions,
2. Service work 15
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Crafter 2006 ➤ aut ra
c
s
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
have been introduced in several markets in the past, these are
y li
erm
ab
listed as market-specific deviations in the scopes of service.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Delivery inspection ⇒ page 16
h re
hole
spec
Scopes of service ► 2013 ⇒ page 18
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ The various types of service can be combined under certain
l purpos
circumstances (oil change or interval service in conjunction

with an inspection service). Whereupon doubly listed activities
are only charged once.
nf
ercia
or
♦ Depending on the vehicle equipment and the conditions under
m
m
atio
which the vehicle is used, additional maintenance measures
om
n in
may need to be performed when services are due.
or c
thi
te
♦ It is possible to have additional work done outside the service
sd
iva
o
r
intervals, with account being taken of the entries in the service

rp
cu
o
m
schedule (or service sticker: “Your next service dates”).
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ If faults requiring repair are found during servicing, the cus‐
C py
t. rig
gh
tomer must be informed and, as necessary, the additional
ht
pyri by
work invoiced separately.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Delivery inspection
The sequence of the individual service tasks has been tested and
optimised. Therefore, it should be followed to avoid unnecessary
interruptions in the work.
Work to be completed Page
Electrics
♦ Battery (also second battery): ⇒ page 47
– Check battery terminal clamps by hand for secure seating
♦ Battery (also second battery): ⇒ page 49
– Check
♦ Self-diagnosis: ⇒ page 70
– Read event memories of all systems
– Insert print-out into rear of vehicle wallet

– Service interval display: Resetting ⇒ page 113
• Only valid for stock vehicles and vehicles in storage
Vehicle interior
♦ Radio/radio-navigation system: ⇒ Operating in‐
structions
– Store local radio stations to station buttons
♦ Radio-navigation system: ⇒ Operating in‐
structions
– Insert navigation CD/DVD and perform update. or
♦ All switches, electrical consumers, displays and other control elements:
– Check function
♦ Clock: ⇒ page 135
– Adjusting
• On vehicles with factory-fitted tachograph, always follow the instructions!
16 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Work to be completed
lksw
agen oes
not Page
o
yV gu
♦ Protective
ris
ed bcovers for seats and protective filmafor ran carpet:
tee
ho
– ut
Remove
a
or
ac
ss
♦ Vehicle interior:
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Check for cleanliness (front seats and rear seat bench, interior trim, carpets/mats, win‐
itte
y li
erm
dows)
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Door handles, door locks, central locking and window regulators:
wit
, is n
h re
– Check function and ease of movement
hole
spec
♦ Spanner:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check function and wipe off grease if necessary
♦ Seat belts and belt locks: ⇒ page 150
rrectness of i
– Check for external damage and check function
l purpos
♦ Vehicle tool kit, jack, hazard warning triangle and first-aid kit:
– Check for completeness
nf
ercia
or
Vehicle exterior
m
m
atio
m
♦ All equipment which has been packed inside vehicle (mats, wiper arms, roof aerial,
o
n in
c
wheel trims/hub caps, tyre valve extensions)

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Fit
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
• If provided
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Bonnet, front doors, rear wing doors and sliding door:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Check function and adjustment cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Vehicle exterior:
– Check for cleanliness: Paintwork, decorative parts, windows, wiper blades, surfaces
Tyres
♦ Wheel securing bolts: ⇒ page 102
– Tighten to specified torque
♦ Spare wheel tyre: ⇒ page 57
– Check condition and tyre pressure
• If fitted
♦ Front left tyre: ⇒ page 57

♦ Rear left tyre: ⇒ page 57
♦ Rear right tyre: ⇒ page 57
♦ Front right tyre: ⇒ page 57
Vehicle from below
♦ Vehicle from below (without removing underride guard): Carry out visual check for leaks
and damage
♦ Engine, CV joint boots, brake system, steering, axles, gearbox/final drive, hoses, fluid
containers
2. Service work 17
Crafter 2006 ➤
wage
e
ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
Work to be completed orise nte
eo Page
th
♦ Underbody: s au ra
c ⇒ page 135
s
ce
e
– Carry out visual check of underbody sealant and underbody panels nl
pt
du
an
♦ For damage
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Engine compartment
wit
, is n
♦ Engine and components in engine compartment (from above): ⇒ page 100
h re
hole
spec
– Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Window wash/wipe system and headlight washer system: ⇒ page 103
– Check function and settings, top up with fluid to maximum
rrectness of i
♦ Engine oil level: ⇒ page 94
l purpos
– Check
• Observe VW engine oil specifications when replenishing ⇒ page 95
nform
mercia
♦ Coolant level: ⇒ page 90
at
om
ion
c
– Check level is at maximum
in t
or
his
te
♦ Power assisted steering: Check fluid level ⇒ page 123

a
do
priv
cum
for
♦ Brake fluid: ⇒ page 65
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Change t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
• For stock vehicles and vehicles in storage whose standing period of 6 months or more,
c by lksw
cted agen
the brake fluid must be renewed.
Prote AG.
♦ Brake fluid level: ⇒ page 67

♦ Observe brake fluid specification when replenishing
Documentation/final checks
♦ Vehicle data sticker: ⇒ page 34
– Stick into service schedule
♦ Service schedule:
– Enter delivery inspection and enter a cross for the first service:
♦ Interval service on vehicles with flexible service
♦ Oil change service on vehicles with fixed service 1)
– Complete vehicle data in service schedule, see “Vehicle delivery documentation”
♦ Service sticker :
– Enter date of next service (including change of brake fluid) and attach service sticker to
end of dash panel on driver side
♦ Vehicle literature:
– Check that literature is complete and prepare literature for delivery to customer
♦ Road test: ⇒ page 101
– Carry out
Note 1) Service identification
Scopes of service ► 2013

♦ Abbreviations for scopes of service:
18 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ 1) Oil: Oil change service, 2) Int.: Interval service,

♦ 3) Insp.: Inspection service
Oil Int. Insp. Action
1) 2) 3)
Electrics
X ♦ Front lights - Side lights, dipped beam, main beam, fog lights, turn signals, hazard warning
lights: Check function
X ♦ Rear lights - brake lights (including 3rd brake light), tail lights, reversing lights, rear fog
light, number plate light, turn signals, hazard warning lights: Check function
X ♦ Interior, luggage and glove compartment lights, cigarette lighter, sockets, horn and warn‐
ing lamps: Check function
X ♦ Battery(also second
AG. Volkswagen AGbattery): Carry out visual check and check magic eye
agen does
ksw
V⇒ page 49
ol not
y gu
edb ara
Vehiclehointerior
ris nte
eo
ut r
ss X
a
♦ Check seat belts and belt buckles forac external damage and function
ce
le
⇒ page 150
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Vehicle exterior
erm
ab
ility
X ♦ Windscreen wash/wipe system, spray jet settings: Check function and for damage, adjust
ot p
wit
as necessary
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ page 103
spec
X ♦ Wiper blades: check for damage and park position; adjust if necessary
t to the co
⇒ page 107
X X X ♦ Paint: Carry out visual check for damage and corrosion, interior and exterior when doors
rrectne
and bonnet/rear lid/flaps are open

⇒ page 125
ss o
cial p
X ♦ Rear end door hinges: Lubricate

inform
mer
⇒ page 126
atio
m
X • Trailer coupling: Check function, play and security

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
⇒ page 142
te
sd
iva
X • Trailer coupling: Grease

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
⇒ page 145
t.
yi Co
op py
X X • Windscreen: Carry out visual check for damage
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Tyres Prote
cted AG.
agen
X X ♦ Tread depth, condition, wear pattern, age, inflation pressure (including spare tyre):
Check, rectify as necessary
⇒ page 57
Vehicle from below
X ♦ Engine and components in engine compartment (from below), gearbox, final drive, rear
axle and protective boots: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
♦ If fluid loss is greater than can be expected through normal use, determine cause and
rectify using a special order
⇒ page 100
X ♦ Underbody: Visual check for damage to undercoating and underbody trim/panels
⇒ page 135
X ♦ Exhaust system: Visual check for leaks, security and damage
2. Service work 19
Crafter 2006 ➤

1) 2) 3)
X X ♦ Track rod ball joints: check

♦ play, attachment and damage to boots
⇒ page 116
X ♦ Steering: Check boots for leaks and damage
⇒ page 116
X ♦ Swivel joints, axial bearings,G.coupling
Volkswagerod bearings and anti-roll bar rubber bushes: Visual
n AG d
check for damage lkswagen A oes
n
o ot g
yV u
⇒ page 117 rised b ara
nte
o eo
X X ♦ Brake system:
auth
Carry out visual check for leaks and damagera
ss c
⇒ page 61
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
X ♦ Parking brake: Adjust

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
X ♦ Structural components: check for damage and corrosion
ot
wit
, is n
h re
X X ♦ Thickness of brake pads/linings and condition of front and rear brake discs: check
hole
spec
⇒ page 61
es, in part or in w
t to the co
X ♦ Rear differential: Check oil level and replenish as necessary (replenishing is subject to a
separate charge)
rrectness of i
• Applies only to Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive
l purpos
⇒ page 126
X ♦ Transfer box: Check oil level and replenish as necessary (replenishing is subject to a
nform
ercia
separate charge)
m

a
com
tion in
⇒ page 126
r
te o
thi
s
iva
X ♦ Front differential: Check oil level and replenish as necessary (replenishing is subject to
do
r
rp
a separate charge)
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
⇒ page 126
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
X ♦ Leaf spring bolts: Tighten5)
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 148
X ♦ Water drain hole in floor area of sliding door: checking
⇒ page 135
Engine compartment
X ♦ Engine oil level: check
⇒ page 94
• Note VW engine oil specifications ⇒ page 95
X ♦ Engine and components in engine compartment (from above): Carry out visual check for
leaks and damage
⇒ page 100
X X ♦ Engine oil: Change and renew oil filter, ensure level is at maximum after filling system
and replenish if necessary
⇒ page 96
X ♦ Brake fluid level (depending on lining wear): check (observe specification )

⇒ page 67
20 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤

1) 2) 3)
X X ♦ Power assisted steering: Checking fluid level

⇒ page 123
X ♦ Swivel joints, axial bearings, coupling rod bearings and anti-roll bar rubber bushes: Carry
out visual check for leaks and damage
X ♦ Shock absorbers: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
X ♦ Steering: Carry out visual check of boots for leaks and damage
X ♦ Boot for brake piston: Renew

• Applies only to Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive in extreme conditions
• Must have PR number 0X9
⇒ page 155
X ♦ Gearbox balance weight: Renew
⇒ page 155
X ♦ Front and rear wheel bearings: Renew
n AG. Volkswagen AG
age does
ksw not
• Must havebyPR
Vol number 0X9 gu
ara
d
ise nte
⇒ pageth155
or eo
au ra
X ♦ Bonded
ss rubber bushes for transfer box: Renew c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
ot
⇒ page 155
wit
, is n
h re
X ♦ Propshaft for front axle: Renew

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

⇒ page 155
rrectness of i
X ♦ Air filter with saturation indicator: check

l purpos
• If fitted
nform
ercia
⇒ page 149
X ♦ Cooling system: Check frost protection and coolant level, replenish if necessary
m
a
com
tion in
• Anti-freeze specified value: -25°C (in countries with arctic climate, -35°C)
r
te o
thi
s
⇒ page 90
iva
do
r
rp
cum
X ♦ Additional battery: Check fluid level

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
• If fitted
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
X ♦ Poly V-belt: check condition and tension
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
• Only applies for model year 2013
AG.
⇒ page 155
2. Service work 21
Crafter 2006 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Oil Int. Insp. Action utho
or
1) 2) 3) a ac
ss
ce
le
Final checks
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
X X X ♦ AdBlue® (reducing agent), check amount in tank
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Completely fill reducing agent tank (AdBlue®)
wit
is n
h re
• Only 5-cylinder engines
ole,
spec
• urposes, in part or in wh
Checking and replenishing are performed according to a separate calculation 4)
t to the co
⇒ page 79
X ♦ Headlight adjustment: Check, if necessary adjust
rrectne
⇒ page 110
s
X ♦ Vehicle system test: Carry out test
s o
cial p
f i
⇒ page 70
nform
mer
X X X ♦ Service interval display: Reset
atio
om
n
⇒ page 113
c
i
or
n thi
e
X X X ♦ “Your next service” sticker: enter next due date1), and attach service sticker to side mem‐
t
sd
iva
o
ber on driver side (B-pillar)
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
X ♦ Breakdown set (if fitted): check (renew tyre inflation bottle with sealant if expiry date is
Co
op py
passed) t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
⇒ page 101
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
X ♦ Road test: Carry out test
⇒ page 101
♦ 4) Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles will pay the costs for the
first three years after registration of the vehicle.
♦ 5) This work is only done at the first interval service and then
at 120,000 km; the customer is charged for this separately.
2.3.2 Scopes of service 2014 ►

This chapter lists the familiar scopes of service of Volkswagen
Commercial Vehicles to model year 2013. Because individual
service guidelines, generally due to extreme operating conditions,
have been introduced in several markets in the past, these are
listed as market-specific deviations in the scopes of service.
22 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤
Delivery inspection ⇒ page 23

Scopes of service 2014 ► ⇒ page 25
Note
♦ The various types of service can be combined under certain

circumstances (oil change or interval service in conjunction
with an inspection service). Of course, doubly listed activities
are charged only once.
♦ Depending on the vehicle equipment and the conditions under
which the vehicle is used, additional maintenance measures
may need to be performed when services are due.
♦ It is possible to have additional work done outside the service
intervals, with account being taken of the entries in the service
schedule (or service sticker: “Your next service dates”).
♦ If faults requiring repair are found during servicing, the cus‐
tomer must be informed and, as necessary, the additional
work invoiced separately.
Delivery inspection
The sequence of the individual service tasks has been tested and
optimised. Therefore, it should be followed to avoid unnecessary
interruptions in the work.
Electrics
♦ Battery (also second battery): AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ page 49
agen oes
ksw
– Check battery terminal clamps by by
Vhand for secure seating
ol not
gu
d ara
e
♦ Battery (also second battery):
horis nte
eo ⇒ page 49
aut ra
– Check ss c
ce
e
nl
♦ Self-diagnosis: ⇒ page 70
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Read event memories of all systems

erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Insert print-out into rear of vehicle wallet

wit
, is n
h re
– Service interval display: Reset ⇒ page 113

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
• Only valid for stock vehicles and vehicles in storage

t to the co
Vehicle interior
rrectness of i
♦ Radio/radio-navigation system: ⇒ Operating in‐

structions
l purpos
– Store local radio stations to station buttons

♦ Radio-navigation system: ⇒ Operating in‐
structions
nform
ercia
– Insert navigation CD/DVD and perform update. or

m
at
om
♦ All switches, electrical consumers, displays and other control elements:

ion
c
in t
or
– Check function
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Clock: ⇒ page 135

p
cum
for
en
– Adjusting
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
• On vehicles with factory-fitted tachograph, always follow the instructions!
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ Protective covers for seats and protective film for carpet:
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove
2. Service work 23
Crafter 2006 ➤

♦ Vehicle interior:
– Check for cleanliness (front seats and rear seat bench, interior trim, carpets/mats, win‐
dows)
♦ Door handles, door locks, central locking and window regulators:
– Check function and ease of movement
♦ Spanner:
– Check function and wipe off grease if necessary
♦ Seat belts and belt locks: ⇒ page 150
– Check for external damage and check function
♦ Vehicle tool kit, jack, hazard warning triangle and first-aid kit:
– Check for completeness
Vehicle exterior
♦ All equipment which has been packed inside vehicle (mats, wiper arms, roof aerial,
wheel trims/hub caps, tyre valve extensions)
– Fit
• If fitted
♦ Bonnet, front doors, rear wing doors and sliding door:

– Check function and adjustment
♦ Vehicle exterior:
– Check for cleanliness: Paintwork, decorative parts, windows, wiper blades, surfaces
Tyres
G. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Wheel securing bolts:lkswagen A oes
n
⇒ page 102
o ot g
yV ua
– Tighten to specifieded b torque ran
ris tee
ho
♦ Spare wheel aut tyre: or
ac ⇒ page 57
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
• If fitted
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Front left tyre: ⇒ page 57

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
♦ Rear left tyre: ⇒ page 57

es, in part or in w
t to the co

♦ Rear right tyre: ⇒ page 57
rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Front right tyre: ⇒ page 57

nform
ercia
Vehicle from below

m
at
om
♦ Vehicle from below (without removing underride guard): Carry out visual check for leaks
on
c
in t
and damage
or
his
ate
♦ Engine, CV joint boots, brake system, steering, axles, gearbox/final drive, hoses, fluid
do
priv
containers
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Underbody: ⇒ page 135
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Carry out visual check of underbody sealant and underbody panels
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
♦ for damage Prote
cted AG.
agen
Engine compartment
24 2. Service work
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Crafter 2006 ➤
ksw not
by Vol
gu
ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
Work to be completed
s au ra
c Page
s
♦ Engine and components in engine compartment (from above): ⇒ page 100
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
y li
rm
ab
♦ Window wash/wipe system and headlight washer system: ⇒ page 103
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Check function and settings, top up with fluid to maximum
h re
hole
♦ Engine oil level: ⇒ page 94
spec
es, in part or in w
– Check
t to the co
• Observe VW engine oil specifications when replenishing ⇒ page 95
rrectness of i
♦ Coolant level: ⇒ page 90
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
♦ Brake fluid: ⇒ page 65
com
tion in
– Change
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
• For stock vehicles and vehicles in storage whose standing period of 6 months or more,
r
rp
cum
fo
the brake fluid must be renewed.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Brake fluid level: ⇒ page 67
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Observe brake fluid specification when replenishing
agen
Prote AG.
Documentation/final checks
♦ Vehicle data sticker: ⇒ page 34
– Stick into service schedule
♦ Service schedule:
– Enter delivery inspection and enter a cross for the first service:
♦ Interval service on vehicles with flexible service
♦ Oil change service on vehicles with fixed service 1)
– Complete vehicle data in service schedule, see “Vehicle delivery documentation”
♦ Vehicle data sticker: Check for QI Pr number (QI1 - QI7). If not found, enter on vehicle
data sticker in service schedule. (Observe individual instruction for vehicle.)
♦ Vehicle literature:
– Check that literature is complete and prepare literature for delivery to customer
♦ Road test: ⇒ page 101
– Carry out
Note 1) Service identification
Scopes of service 2014 ►
Note
For LPG vehicles and autogas vehicles, extra service work must
be performed at every inspection service. Before carrying out in‐
spection service, perform the respective servicing on the natural
gas or autogas system.
2. Service work 25
Crafter 2006 ➤
Under certain circumstances, the various types of service (oil

change in conjunction with an inspection service) may be com‐
bined. Of course, doubly listed activities are charged only once.
An extended scope of inspection is carried out in combination with
an oil change or inspection.
♦ Abbreviations in scopes-of-service table:
♦ 1) Oil: Oil change service (fixed or variable)
♦ 2) Insp.: Inspection (fixed or variable)
♦ 3)Ext. insp.: inspection with extended scope (combined serv‐
ices)
Oil Insp Ext. Action
1) .2) Insp.
3)
Vehicle interior
X ♦ Interior, luggage and glove compartment lights, cigarette lighter, sockets, and warning
lamps: check function
X ♦ Air filter with saturation indicator in dash panel insert: check

⇒ page 149
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
X ♦ Horn:
olkswacheck function does
no
V t gu
by ara
ed
Vehicle exterior
ho
ris nte
eo
ut ra
X X ss X
a
♦ Interior and exterior body: carry out visual c check for corrosion with open doors, flaps,
bonnet and rear lid
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
⇒ page 125
itte
y li
erm
ab
X ♦ Front lights – side lights, dipped beam, main beam, fog lights, turn signals, hazard
ility
ot p
warning lights: check function

wit
is n
h re
ole,
X ♦ Tail light cluster - brake lights (including 3rd brake light), tail lights, reversing light, rear
spec
fog light, number plate light, turn signals, hazard warning lights: check function
t to the co
X ♦ Windscreen: Carry out visual check for damage

rrectne
X ♦ Check seat belts and belt buckles for external damage and function
⇒ page 150
ss o
X ♦ Water drain holes in floor area of sliding door: check

cial p
f inform
⇒ page 135
mer
atio
m
X ♦ Rear end door hinges: lubricate

o
n
c
i
or
⇒ page 126
thi
te
sd
va
X ♦ Windscreen wash/wipe system, spray jet settings: Check function and for damage;
i
o
pr
cum
r
adjust as necessary
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
t.⇒ page 103
Cop py
rig
gh
X ♦ Wiper blades: check for damage and park position; adjust if necessary
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
⇒ page 107
cted agen
Prote AG.
X ♦ Trailer coupling: Check function, play and security and grease

⇒ page 142
X ♦ Parking brake: adjust
Vehicle from below

X ♦ Engine oil: Drain
⇒ page 96
26 2. Service work
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara Crafter 2006 ➤
rise nte
autho
Maintenance - Edition
eo
ra 12.2014
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1) .2) Insp.
itte
y li
3)
erm
ab
ility
ot p
X ♦ Thickness of brake pads/linings and condition of front and rear brake discs: check
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ page 61
hole
spec
X ♦ Rear differential: Check oil level and replenish as necessary (replenishing is subject to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
a separate charge)
rrectness of i
⇒ page 126
l purpos
X ♦ Transfer box: Check oil level and replenish as necessary (replenishing is subject to a
separate charge)
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
⇒ page 126
om
n in
c
X ♦ Front differential: Check oil level and replenish as necessary (replenishing is subject
or
thi
e
to a separate charge)
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ page 126
Co
Cop py
t. rig
X ♦ Power assisted steering: Check level of hydraulic fluid – only vehicles with hydraulic gh ht
yri by
steering cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 123
X ♦ Poly V-belt: Check condition and tension
⇒ page 155
X ♦ Brake system: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
⇒ page 61
X ♦ Track rod ends: check play, security and boots
X ♦ Leaf spring bolts: tighten 1)

⇒ page 148
X ♦ Swivel joints, axial bearings, coupling rod bearings and rubber bearings of anti-roll bar.
X ♦ Shock absorbers: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
X ♦ Steering: Check boots for leaks and damage

⇒ page 116
X ♦ Pipes, hoses, wiring and sensor cables: check for leaks and damage
⇒ page 116
X ♦ Front and rear wheel bearings: Renew
⇒ page 155
2. Service work 27
Crafter 2006 ➤

1) .2) Insp.
3)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
X ♦ Damper weight: renew agen oes
o lksw not
byV gu
ara
• Applies only to Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner
rised four-wheel drive in extreme conditions nte
ho eo
ut
• Must have PR number 0X9 ss a ra
c
ce
le
⇒ page 155
un
pt
an
d
itte
X ♦ Bonded rubber bushes for transfer box: Renew
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
⇒ page 155 es, in part or in w
t to the co
X ♦ Propshaft for front axle: Renew
rrectness of i
l purpos
⇒ page 155
X ♦ Brake piston boots: renew
nform
ercia
m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
⇒ page 155
s
iva
do
r
X ♦ Engine and components in engine compartment (from below), gearbox, final drive and
rp
cum
fo
protective boots: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ page 100 C py
ht. rig
rig ht
X ♦ Exhaust system: Visual check for leaks, security and damage py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
X ♦ Underbody: Visual check for damage to undercoating and underbody cover
⇒ page 135
X ♦ Structural components: check for damage
X ♦ Steering: check boots for leaks

⇒ page 116
Tyres
X ♦ Tread depth, condition, wear pattern, age, inflation pressure (including spare tyre):
check, rectify as necessary
⇒ page 57
Engine compartment
X ♦ Engine oil: Change and renew oil filter, ensure level is at maximum after filling system
and replenish if necessary
⇒ page 96
X ♦ Brake fluid level (depending on lining wear): Check (observe specifications)

⇒ page 67
X ♦ Battery (also second battery): Carry out visual check and check magic eye
⇒ page 49
X ♦ Engine and components in engine compartment (from above): Carry out visual check
for leaks and damage
⇒ page 100
28 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤

1) .2) Insp.
3)
X ♦ Additional battery: Check fluid level
X ♦ Cooling system: check freeze protection and coolant level, and correct as necessary.
Freeze-protection specification: -25°C (in countries with an arctic climate: -35°C)
⇒ page 90
X ♦ Poly V-belt: check condition and tension
⇒ page 155
Final checks
X X X ♦ AdBlue® (reducing agent), check amount in tank
– Completely fill reducing agent tank (AdBlue®)
• Only 5-cylinder engines

• Checking and replenishing are performed according
gen AG
.V
to a dseparate
agen AG
calculation 4)
olksw
swa oes
k not
Vol gu
by a
X ♦ Service interval display: Reset
oris
ed oil change service (fixed/flexible) rante
th eo
⇒ page 113 au ra
c
ss
ce
e
X ♦ Service interval display: Reset inspection

nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ page 113
y li
erm
ab
X ♦ Headlight adjustment: Check, if necessary adjust
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ page 110
h re
hole
spec
X ♦ Carry out a road test
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 101
X ♦ Breakdown set (if fitted): check (renew tyre inflation bottle with sealant if expiry date is
passed)
rrectness of i
⇒ page 101
l purpos
X ♦ Vehicle system test: Carry out test
nform
ercia
1)This work is only done at the first interval service and then at
m
120,000 km; the customer is charged for this separately. at

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
2.3.3 Time and distance dependent additional work

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Action: t. Cop
Interval py
rig
gh ht
♦ Thickness of brake pads/linings and condition of yri
Recommendation: 1)
p by
o Vo
front and rear brake discs: check
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 61
♦ Fuel filter: renew – if vehicle runs on diesel fuel Every 10,000 km
• That does not conform with standard “DIN EN 590”
• and has a high sulphur content (>2000 ppm)
⇒ page 75
♦ Fuel filter: Drain water - if vehicle runs on diesel fuel Every 20,000 km
⇒ page 75
2. Service work 29
Crafter 2006 ➤
Action: Interval
♦ Fuel filter: Every 40,000 km
– Drain water – if diesel fuel is used
• Conforming to “DIN EN 590”

⇒ page 75
♦ Fuel filter: renew – if vehicle runs on diesel fuel
⇒ page 75
♦ Camshaft drive toothed belt: Check
• As of model year 2013
• Diesel engines in “dusty” regions
⇒ page 154
♦ Rear axle differential: Change oil lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
• Applies to Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four- ir se
d ran
tee
wheel drive autho
or
ac
ss
⇒ page 133
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Transfer box: Change oil
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
• Applies to Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-
ility
ot p
wheel drive
wit
is n
h re
⇒ page 131
ole,
spec
♦ Front axle differential: Change oil
t to the co
• Applies to Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-
wheel drive
rrectne
⇒ page 129
♦ Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter): Clean housing Every 80,000 km
s
and renew filter element
s o
cial p
f in
⇒ page 74
form
mer
♦ Activated charcoal/combination filter for air condi‐
atio
m
tioning system: Renew filter element

o
n
c
i
or
n
• If fitted
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
⇒ page 149
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ Air filter: Clean housing and renew filter element

t.
yi Co
op py
⇒ page 92
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Camshaft drive toothed belt and toothed belt ten‐ Every 100,000 km
co Vo
by lksw
cted
sioning roller: renew
agen
Prote AG.
• Only 5-cylinder common rail diesel engines in coun‐

tries with high dust levels
⇒ Rep. gr. 15
♦ Leaf spring bolts: tighten At 120,000 km
• Only ► 2010
⇒ page 148
♦ Fuel filter: Renew – if vehicle runs on diesel fuel Every 120,000 km
• Conforming to “DIN EN 590”
⇒ page 75
30 2. Service work
AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen oes
not Crafter 2006 ➤
o
d by
V gu
ara Maintenance - Edition 12.2014
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
Action: ss a c Interval
ce
♦ Camshaft drive toothed belt and toothed belt ten‐ e
nl
pt
du
an
sioning roller: Renew
itte
y li
erm
ab
• Only 4-cylinder common rail diesel engines in coun‐
ility
ot p
tries with high dust levels
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ Rep. gr. 15
hole
spec
♦ Diesel particulate filter (if fitted): read ash mass See diesel particle filter service interval
es, in part or in w
t to the co
(saturation level)
⇒ page 45
rrectness of i
♦ Camshaft drive toothed belt and toothed belt ten‐ Every 200,000 km
l purpos
• Only 5-cylinder common rail diesel engines
nform
ercia
⇒ Rep. gr. 15
♦ Camshaft drive toothed belt and toothed belt ten‐
m
Every 210,000 km
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
• Only 4-cylinder common rail diesel engines
his
ate
do
priv
⇒ Rep. gr. 15
cum
for
en
g
♦ Manual gearbox and rear axle: Change oil Every 320,000 km or 10 years (whichever occurs first)
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ Rep. gr. 34
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ Rep. gr. 39 op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Brake fluid: change (comply with specification) Prote
Every 2 years
AG.
⇒ page 65
♦ Activated charcoal/combination filter for air condi‐
tioning system: Renew filter element
• If fitted
⇒ page 149
♦ Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter): Clean housing
and renew filter element
⇒ page 74
♦ Exhaust emissions test: perform (every 12 months 3 years after initial registration and then every 2 years
in Germany for commercial passenger transport,
e.g. taxis)
♦ Air filter: Clean housing and renew filter element Every 4 years
⇒ page 92
1) Check thickness of front and rear brake pads/lining. If the
brakes are subjected to regular or severe stress (e.g. vehicle op‐
erated in mountainous regions, frequent driving with a full load,
vehicle used for courier service), we recommend as a precau‐
tionary measure that the thickness of the brake pads be checked
by a qualified workshop 15,000 km after the last service at the
latest.
2.3.4 Countries with high levels of dust

The countries with high levels of dust are indicated in this chapter.
Country Dusty country
Abu Dhabi X
Afghanistan X
Egypt X
2. Service work 31
Crafter 2006 ➤

Algeria X
Angola X
Equatorial Guinea X
Argentina X
. Volkswagen AG
Armenia wageXn AG does
olks not
yV gu
Azerbaijan ed b
X ara
nte
oris eo
Ethiopia auth
X ra
ss c
Australia X
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Bahrain X
an
itte
y li
erm
Bangladesh X
ab
ility
ot p
Belize X
wit
, is n
h re
Benin X
hole
spec
Bhutan X
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Bolivia X
Botswana X
rrectness of i
Brazil X
Chile X
l purpos
China X
nform
ercia
Guatemala X
m
Guinea-Bissau X
at
om
ion
Guyana X
c
in t
or
his
e
Honduras X
at
do
priv
Hong Kong X
um
for
en
ng
India X
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Iraq X
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Iran X
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Israel X
AG.
Yemen X
Jordan X
Cambodia X
Cameroon X
Kazakhstan X
Kenya X
Kyrgyz Republic X
Columbia X
Congo X
Cuba X
Kuwait X
Laos X
Lesotho X
Lebanon X
Liberia X
Libya X
Madagascar X
Puerto Rico X
Qatar X
32 2. Service work
Crafter 2006 ➤

Rwanda X
Russia X
Zambia X
Saudi Arabia X
Senegal X
Sierra Leone X
Somalia X
Sri Lanka and the Mal‐ X
dives
Sudan X
Surinam X
South Africa X
South Korea X
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Swaziland ksw
agen X oes
not
Vol gu
Tanzania ed by X ara
nte
ris
o
Thailand aut
h X eo
ra
s c
Togo s
X
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Chad X
an
itte
y li
Uzbekistan X
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Venezuela X
wit
, is n
h re
Vietnam X
hole
spec
Belarus X
es, in part or in w
West Sahara X t to the co
Zimbabwe X
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Service work 33
Crafter 2006 ➤
3 General
♦ Sticker ⇒ page 37
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Entries in service schedule ⇒ page 38 olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
♦ Severe operating conditions ⇒ page 35 rise nte
tho eo
au ra
♦ Vehicle identification number ⇒ page 34 ss c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Vehicle data sticker ⇒ page 34
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Engine code and engine number ⇒ page 37
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Type plate ⇒ page 35
wit
is n
h re
ole,
3.1 Vehicle identification number
spec
The vehicle identification number -arrow- is located in the plenum
t to the co
chamber.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
3.1.1 Significance of vehicle identification number
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
WV1 ZZZ 2E Z 6 6 000 001
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Manufacturer Filler charac‐ Type Filler charac‐ Prote Model year Production lo‐ Serial
AG.
code ters ters 2006 cation number
3.2 Vehicle data sticker

– Release plug -1- e.g. using a screwdriver and open cover of
fuse box.
34 3. General
Crafter 2006 ➤
Maintenance
olksw
- Edition 12.2014
AG. V agen AG
agen does
lksw not
The vehicle data sticker -arrow- is located on the insidedb
y V of the fuse
o gu
ara
box cover. rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
The sticker includes the following vehicle data:
1 - Vehicle identification number
ss o
2 - Vehicle type, engine output, gearbox
cial p
f inform
3 - Engine and gearbox code letters
mer
atio
m
4 - VW paint number and DB paint number, interior equipment

o
n
c
i
or
n
5 - Optional equipment, PR numbers
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
3.3 Severe operating conditions
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
If the vehicle is used under severe operating conditions some jobs

will have to be performed before the next service due or at shorter
service intervals.
Severe operating conditions
• Regular short trips or stop and go operation in urban traffic
• High percentage of cold starts
• Vehicle is used in areas with winter temperatures over a long
period
• Frequent long periods with the engine idling (e.g. taxi)
• Vehicle is often driven at full throttle with high payload or whilst
towing a trailer
• Using diesel with elevated sulphur content
• Regular operation in areas with high levels of dust
3.4 Type plate

The type plates are located in various locations depending on
model.
Positions of type plates:
♦ Lock carrier
♦ Seat box of the driver's seat
♦ B-pillar on driver side
♦ Wheel housing inner panel in engine compartment, left
3. General 35
Crafter 2006 ➤
Lock carrier
The manufacturer's nameplate is located on the lock carrier
-arrow-.
Or
Seat box of the driver's seat
On seat box of driver seat -arrow-.

Or
B-pillar on driver side
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
On B-pillar -arrow- on driveraside
ut at same height as fuel tank flap ra
c
ss
Wheel housing inner panel in engine compartment, left
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
On left wheel housing inner panel -arrow- in engine compartment.

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
36 3. General
Crafter 2006 ➤
3.5 Engine code andswengine

agen
AG. Vonumber
lkswagen AG
does
olk not
yV gu
5-cylinder diesel engine: edb ara
nte
ris
ho eo
The engine number (“Engineaut code” and “Serial number”) is stam‐ ra
c
ped on left side of cylinder
s s
block below vacuum pump -arrow-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
The “engine codes” can be found also on the vehicle data sticker
, is n
h re
⇒ page 34 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.6 Sticker
l purpos
♦ Attaching "vehicle data sticker" into customer service sched‐

ule ⇒ page 38
nform
ercia
♦ Attaching service sticker "Your next service dates"

m
a
⇒ page 37
com
tion in
r
3.6.1 Attaching service sticker "Your next

te o
thi
s
iva
service dates"
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Service sticker “Your next service dates”

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Enter next service due: Enter a cross according to service in‐ ht. rig
rig ht
terval display and/or enter date and odometer reading.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Secure service sticker to end of dash panel on driver side.
Prote AG.
3. General 37
Crafter 2006 ➤
3.6.2 Attaching "vehicle data sticker" in cus‐

tomer service schedule
– Attach upper vehicle data sticker -arrow- in customer service
schedule.
Installation position of vehicle data sticker ⇒ page 34
-1- = Planning week
-2- = PR number
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o eo
3.7 Entries in service schedule
th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
♦ If a component is changed which has a change interval pre‐

un
pt
an
d
scribed by the manufacturer, e.g. the toothed belt, the new

itte
y li
change interval begins at the time the component is changed.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Therefore it is very important, every time a component is

wit
is n
changed, to document this in the service schedule. This also

h re
ole,
applies to components which were changed before the regular

spec
change interval.
t to the co
♦ There are more entries to be made in the service schedule

⇒ page 125 .
rrectne
Note
ss o
cial p
♦ When using genuine parts kits, it must be taken into account

inform
whether it is technically necessary to change all the compo‐

mer
nents included in the genuine parts kits.

atio
om
♦ If more components are renewed than is technically necessa‐

c
i
or
n thi
ry, inform the customer before repair!

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
38 3. General
Crafter 2006 ➤
4 Descriptions of work
♦ Swivel joints: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
⇒ page 117
♦ AdBlue® (reducing agent) ⇒ page 79
♦ Activated charcoal/combination filter for air conditioning sys‐
tem: Renew filter element ⇒ page 149
♦ Raising vehicle with lifting platform and trolley jack
⇒ page 41
♦ Trailer coupling: Check function, play and security
⇒ page 142
♦ Trailer coupling: Grease ⇒ page 145
♦ Tow starting and towing ⇒ page 138
♦ Reading ash mass (saturation level) of diesel particulate filter
⇒ page 45
♦ Battery (also second battery): Check ⇒ page 49
♦ Battery: Check that battery positive terminal clamp is securely
attached ⇒ page 47
♦ Battery isolation switch ⇒ page 46
♦ Checking tyres: Condition, wear pattern, tyre pressure, tread
depth ⇒ page 57
♦ Brake system: Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
⇒ page 61
♦ Change brake fluid ⇒ page 65
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
♦ Brake fluid level (dependent upon lining wear):
Vol Check
ksw not
gu
⇒ page 67 ed
by ara
nte
is
or eo
♦ Thickness of front and rear brake apads:
ut
h
check ⇒ page 61 ra
ss c
♦ Self-diagnosis: Read event memory of all systems
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ page 70
an
d
itte
y li
erm
♦ Window regulators: Check positioning (open and close func‐

ab
ility
tions) ⇒ page 68
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Switching off electric system (“red slide”) ⇒ page 141

h re
ole,
spec
♦ Switching on electric system (“red slide”) ⇒ page 141

t to the co
♦ Switching off electric system (“button”) ⇒ page 141

♦ Switching on electric system (“button”) ⇒ page 142
rrectne
♦ Driver and front passenger airbag: Carry out visual check of

airbag units ⇒ page 56
ss o
♦ 6-speed manual gearbox 0CB ⇒ page 145

cial p
f inform
♦ Gearbox, final drive and rear axle: Carry out visual check for
mer
leaks and damage ⇒ page 147

atio
om
n
c
♦ Sliding/tilting glass sunroof: Check positioning (open and

i
or
n thi
e
close functions) ⇒ page 69

t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ Bonded rubber bushes for transfer box: Renew ⇒ page 155

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ Check first aid box expiry date ⇒ page 142
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Propshaft for front axle: Renew ⇒ page 155
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Fuel filter: draining water (diesel engine) ⇒ page 75
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Fuel filter: Renew (diesel engine) ⇒ page 75
4. Descriptions of work 39
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Fuel system: Bleed (diesel engine) ⇒ page 78

♦ Poly V-belt: Check ⇒ page 155
♦ Cooling system: Check frost protection and coolant level
⇒ page 90
♦ Paint: Carry out visual check for damage and corrosion, inte‐
rior and exterior when doors and bonnet/rear lid/flaps are open
⇒ page 125
♦ Steering, track rod end and steering linkage bellows: Check
play and security ⇒ page 116
♦ Air filter: Clean housing and renew filter element
⇒ page 92
♦ Air filter saturation indicator (if fitted): Carry out visual checkn AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ page 149 olks
wage es n
o
yV t gu
♦ Boot for brake piston: Renew ⇒ page 155 db ara
rise nte
tho eo
♦ Engine and components in engine above compartment
ss au (from ra
c
and below): Carry out visual check for leaks and damage
ce
le
un
⇒ page 100
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Engine oil: Drain or extract and top up; Renew oil filter
rm
ab
pe
⇒ page 96
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Oil level: Check ⇒ page 94
h re
hole
spec
♦ Engine oil: capacities and specifications ⇒ page 95
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Breakdown set: Check ⇒ page 101
♦ Carry out road test ⇒ page 101
rrectness of i
♦ Wheel securing bolts: Tighten to specified torque
⇒ page 102
l purpos
♦ Radio navigation system: Insert navigation CD/DVD and per‐

form update ⇒ page 103
nform
ercia
♦ Front and rear wheel bearings: Renew ⇒ page 155

m
a
com
tion in
♦ Rear end door hinges: lubricate ⇒ page 126
r
te o
thi
s
♦ Wiper blades: check for damage and park position

iva
do
r
⇒ page 107
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
♦ Windscreen wash/wipe system and headlight washer system:

t.
yi Co
op
Check function and settings ⇒ page 103
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Headlight adjustment: Check, adjust if necessary cop Vo
by lksw
⇒ page 110
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Service interval display: Reset ⇒ page 113

♦ Service interval display: Adapt ⇒ page 115
♦ Check seat belts and belt buckles for exterior damage and
function ⇒ page 150
♦ Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter): Clean housing and renew
filter element ⇒ page 74
♦ Synchronisation of electric system ⇒ page 142
♦ Gearbox balance weight: Renew ⇒ page 155
♦ Clock: Set to correct time ⇒ page 135
♦ Undercoating: carry out visual check for damage
⇒ page 135
40 4. Descriptions of work
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Retighten threaded connections of Crafter 4MOTION with

Achleitner four-wheel drive ⇒ page 151
♦ Tighten leaf spring bolts ⇒ page 148
♦ Felt filter mat for roof air conditioning system: Renew filter el‐
ement ⇒ page 149
♦ Front axle differential, transfer box and rear axle differential
⇒ page 126 AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
olks
♦ Water drain hole in floor area of sliding door: check ot g
yV ua
⇒ page 135 ris
edb ran
tee
tho or
♦ Camshaft drive toothed belt: checkings condition
au ⇒ page 154 ac
s
ce
e
4.1 Raising vehicle with lifting platform and nl
pt
du
an
itte
trolley jack
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Lifting points for lifting platform and trolley jack ⇒ page 43
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Supporting vehicles ⇒ page 42
hole
spec
♦ Lifting platform ⇒ page 41
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Strapping vehicle with tensioning strap - T10038-
⇒ page 42
rrectness of i
♦ Trolley jack ⇒ page 42
l purpos
Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Tensioning strap - T10038-
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Support specific to lifting platform manufacturer

♦ Commercially available support
4.1.1 Lifting platform
WARNING
♦ Before driving a vehicle onto a lifting platform it must be

ensured that the vehicle weight does not exceed the per‐
missible lifting capacity of the platform.
♦ If the vehicle is not strapped down, there is a great danger
that the vehicle will slip off the lifting platform.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
♦ The vehicle is secured with tensioning strap - T10038- .

⇒ page 42
♦ Support the vehicle using a commercially available support
⇒ page 42 .
Before driving onto a lifting platform ensure there is sufficient

clearance between low lying components and lifting platform.
AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
lksw es n
4.1.2 Strapping vehicle withed b tensioning strap -
yV
o ot g
ua
ran
T10038- ut
ho
ris tee
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Note
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
If the vehicle is not strapped down, there is a great danger that
ility
ot p
the vehicle will slip off the lifting platform.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Strap the vehicle on both sides of vehicle to the lifting platform
using tensioning strap - T10038- .
t to the co
– To do this, guide tensioning strap - T10038- through opening
in body -arrow- and over support arm of lifting platform and
rrectne
tension tensioning strap - T10038- .
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
4.1.3 Supporting vehicles
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Vehicles with heavy body, Vans and Kombi vehicles with a long
wheelbase must be supported additionally.
– To do this, place a commercially available support -arrow B-

vertically below the rear cross member -arrow A-.
4.1.4 Trolley jack

The vehicle may only be lifted with a trolley jack at points indicated
for use with lifting platform.
Crafter 2006 ➤
To prevent damage always use a suitable rubber or wooden

block.
On no account should the vehicle be lifted under the engine sump,
gearbox, on front or rear axle or on side members as this may
cause serious damage.
WARNING
♦ The vehicle may only be lifted at the points indicated to

prevent damage to the floorpan and to prevent vehicle
from tipping.
♦ Never start engine with vehicle lifted (danger of accident)!
♦ If work is to be performed below the vehicle it must be
supported by suitable stands.
4.1.5 Lifting points for lifting platform and trol‐

ley jack
The vehicle may only be lifted at the points indicated to prevent
damage to the floorpan and to prevent vehicle from tipping.
– Strap vehicle to lifting platform using tensioning strap -
T10038- ⇒ page 42 .
– Support the vehicle using a commercially available support
⇒ page 42 .
WARNING
If the vehicle is not strapped down, there is a great danger that

the vehicle will slip off the lifting platform.
Front lifting point: agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
On bearing bracket for frontd transverse
by
V link -arrow-. gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Ensure that the mounting plate of the lifting platform is located

itte
y li
erm
centrally on the bearing bracket.

ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Front lifting point on longitudinal member:

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
43
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Descriptions of work
Crafter 2006 ➤
e.g. for Vans and Kombi vehicles with long wheelbase, or for re‐
pairs when the front axle must be removed.
On front longitudinal member -arrow- behind front subframe.
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
Note d b ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
Ensure that the mounting
ss plate of the lifting platform is located
a ac
centrally on the longitudinal member.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Front left lifting point for vehicles fitted with auxiliary heater:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
The fresh air hose for auxiliary heater prevents a correct posi‐
t to the co
tioning of the mounting plate.
For vehicles with auxiliary heater the fresh air hose for auxiliary
rrectness of i
heater must be removed from mounting hole in longitudinal mem‐
l purpos
ber.
– Pull fresh air hose out of mounting hole in longitudinal member
nf
ercia
o
in direction of -arrow- and place to side.
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
When lifting vehicle, ensure that the fresh air hose for auxiliary
o
m
f
heater is not being damaged.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rear lifting point for dropside:

The lifting point is the front leaf spring support -arrow-.
Note
Ensure that the leaf spring support is located centrally on the

mounting plate of the lifting platform.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Rear lifting point for van and Kombi vehicles:
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Lift Vans and Kombi vehicles with long wheelbase always isedat trol‐
b ara
nte
ley jack mounting on rear longitudinal member -arrow-,thifo possible.
r eo
au ra
ss c
The vertical reinforcement -arrow- of side member is located cen‐
ce
le
un
pt
trally on the support specific to lifting platform manufacturer.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Ensure that the vertical reinforcement is located centrally on the
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Alternative rear lifting point for vehicles with long wheelbase:
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
On vehicles where the lifting point “vertical reinforcement” on the
nform
ercia
longitudinal member is not reached by the support arms of lifting

platform, the front leaf spring support can be used as alternative
m
a
com
ti
lifting point.
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Alternative lifting point of front leaf spring support -arrow-
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Note . C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
♦ Ensure that the leaf spring support is located centrally on the
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
♦ Use a wide mounting plate if necessary, to ensure a safe sup‐

port.
4.2 Reading ash mass (saturation level) of

diesel particulate filter
Note
♦ The ash mass test provides information on the saturation level

of the particulate filter volume.
♦ After a certain running time diesel particulate filters must be
exchanged, because of ash deposits.
♦ If the limit is reached, renew diesel particulate filter ⇒ Rep. gr.
26
Carry out the following work:

– Pull on handbrake.
– Shiftmatic gearbox: Move selector lever to “N” position.
– Manual gearbox: Gear lever in neutral
– Connecting vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 70
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Switch on ignition.
– Select the »Guided functions« field on the screen and carry
out vehicle identification.
– Select "Engine" as the vehicle system and -J623- as the en‐
gine control unit; press Read.
– Select "Measured value block 68" »Ash mass of diesel partic‐
ulate filter«, and confirm with the Done button.
– Follow instructions on display.
– End the test.
– Switch off ignition and detach vehicle diagnostic tester from
the vehicle.
Ash mass of diesel particulate filter . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Please observe the limits for maximum carbon black y V loading (val‐
o lk not
gu
ues are indicated in the following table): edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
Engine En‐ Maximum Maxi‐ Ashss a vol‐ First test ash c
gine carbon mum ume mass (diesel
ce
e
nl
pt
code black load‐ carbon (ml), particulate fil‐
du
an
itte
ing (regen‐ black ash ter exchange)
y li
erm
ab
eration not loading mass
ility
ot p
possible) (service (g)
wit
, is n
regener‐
h re
ation)
hole
spec
2.5 l BJJ 90 % 75 % 120 g 180,000 km
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5-cyl. BJK
Com‐ BJL
mon BJM
rrectness of i
Rail
2.5 l CE‐ 50 g 45 g 300 ml 200,000 km
l purpos
5-cyl. BA
Com‐ CEB
nform
ercia
mon B
Rail CE‐
m
CA at
om
ion
CEC
c
in t
or
B
his
ate
do
riv
2.0 l CKT 45 g 40 g 300 ml 200,000 km

p
cum
or
4-cyl. B
f
en
ng
t.
Com‐ CKT op
yi Co
mon C
C py
t. rig
gh
Rail CKU
ht
pyri by
Vo
B
o
by c lksw
cted agen
CKU Prote AG.
C
4.3 Battery isolation switch

The battery isolation switch 2) is located on right in driver footwell
near accelerator.
The battery isolation switch is used to switch off the supply to all
electrical consumers. This prevents discharge of the battery
through closed-circuit current consumption.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
♦ Switch the electrical supply off at the battery isolation switch

only when the vehicle is to be stood for a long period or when
absolutely necessary.
♦ Some electrical consumers must be initialised/calibrated
again after switching the supply on.
♦ Ensure the ignition key is in position “0” in the ignition lock and
then wait at least 20 seconds 1) before the battery isolation
switch is pulled off or reconnected. Otherwise components of
the electrical system could be damaged.
Note 1): A waiting time of 10 minutes applies to EU5 vehicles so

that the remaining reducing agent can be extracted from the cor‐
responding lines in order to prevent icing.
Caution
Ensure the connector is not damaged or soiled when placing

it aside. Otherwise it is possible that the electrical contact will
not be re-established when reconnecting the components.
Note 2): model-dependent equipment

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
Note o
ir se tee
th or
au ac
s
♦ An interruption to the voltage supply is recorded as an event
s
ce
e
in the event fault memory by the digital tachograph.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ Further information is contained in an additional instruction
erm
ab
manual, which is delivered with the vehicle.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Switching off electric system (“button”) ⇒ page 141
hole
spec
♦ Switching on electric system (“button”) ⇒ page 142
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Switching off electric system (“red slide”) ⇒ page 141
♦ Switching on electric system (“red slide”) ⇒ page 141
rrectness of i
♦ Synchronisation of electric system ⇒ page 142
l purpos
4.4 Checking that battery positive terminal

clamp is securely attached
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
♦ Specified torques: Battery and second battery (if fitted)

om
n in
⇒ page 49
or c
thi
te
♦ Work steps after connecting battery ⇒ page 49

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Battery terminal connections ⇒ page 48

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Special tools and workshop equipment required t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331/- (5-50)
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
A securely attached battery terminal clamp ensures trouble-free
t to the co
functioning and a long service life for the battery.
rrectness of i
– Check battery positive terminal clamp is seated securely by
moving the battery positive wire to and fro by hand.
l purpos
WARNING
nform
ercia
If the battery terminal clamp is not attached securely to the

m
a
com
ti
positive terminal, disconnect battery earth strap at battery neg‐
on in
ative terminal first in order to prevent possible accidents.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
If the battery terminal clamp is not attached securely:

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– First disconnect battery earth strap from battery negative ter‐ C py
t. rig
minal.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Tighten battery terminal clamp on battery positive terminal cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 49 .
– Reconnect battery earth strap to battery negative terminal and
tighten ⇒ page 49 .
4.4.1 Battery terminal connections
Caution
To prevent damage to the battery terminal clamps and the bat‐

tery terminals, observe the following:
♦ The battery terminal clamps must only be connected by
hand (without using force).
♦ Battery terminals must not be greased.
♦ Fit battery terminal clamps in such a way that the battery
terminal is flush with clamp or protrudes out of it.
♦ When connecting the battery, always follow the procedure
described in workshop manual ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 27
♦ After tightening the battery terminal clamps to the prescri‐
bed torque, they must not be retightened.
Crafter 2006 ➤
The specified torques for battery terminal clamps -1- and for ad‐
ditional clamps -2- can be found in table “Specified torques:
Battery and second battery” ⇒ page 49 .
4.4.2 Specified torques: Battery agen and second

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
battery (if fitted) ol not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
Caution ss c
ce
le
un
pt
After tightening the battery terminal clamps to the prescribed
an
d
itte
y li
torque, they must not be retightened.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Observe notes on battery terminal connections ⇒ page 48 .
ole,
spec
Threaded connections Specified torques

t to the co
Battery -A-: Battery terminal clamps on battery terminals M6 6 Nm
Section battery -A1-: Battery terminal clamps on battery M6 6 Nm
rrectne
terminals
Battery -A-: Securing bolt for battery carrier M8x35 20 Nm
ss
Second/leisure battery -A1-: Securing bolt for battery tray M8x35 20 Nm

o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
4.4.3 Work steps after connecting battery

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
– Switch ignition on and off again.

iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Read event memory using vehicle diagnosis, testing and in‐

fo
en
ng
formation system - VAS 5051B- ⇒ page 70 .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Clock: Check time setting, if necessary reset ⇒ page 135 . opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
– Electric windows: Open all windows fully and close again. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Functional check: all electrical consumers.
4.5 Battery (also second battery): Checking

♦ Checking battery: Batteries with “magic eye” and with cov‐
ered-over cell sealing plugs ⇒ page 52
♦ Checking battery: Batteries with “magic eye” and without cell
sealing plugs ⇒ page 55
♦ Battery with black electrolyte level sticker on the battery
⇒ page 55
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Topping up with distilled water (batteries with “magic eye”)

⇒ page 52
♦ Checking electrolyte level (batteries without “magic eye”)
⇒ page 53
♦ Carrying out visual check (all batteries) ⇒ page 51
♦ Checking battery with magic eye and covered cell sealing
plugs ⇒ Electrical system; General information; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Checking battery
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331/- (5-50 Nm)
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Battery filler bottle - VAS 5045-
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
♦ Commercially available hydrometer (needed only to remove
mer
excessive electrolyte)
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ “T27” Torx insert
Crafter 2006 ➤
Starter battery is located under the underbody cover in front of

the driver seat.
– Lift left side of underbody cover before driver seat -arrow-.
– Unscrew the 4 “T27” Torx screws, -1, 2, 3 and 4- in illustration,

and slide battery cover to rear in direction of -arrow-.
– Then remove the battery cover and check the battery.
. Volkswagen AG
Location of second batteryks⇒wapage
gen AG56 does
not
Vol gu
by
Delivery inspectionis(batteries with “magic eye”) ara
ed nte
or e
h
Perform a visualau check ⇒ page 51 and a battery
t
check with the or ac
ss
“magic eye” ⇒ page 52 . ce
e
nl
pt
du
Delivery inspection (batteries without “magic eye”) an

itte
y li
erm
ab
Perform visual check ⇒ page 51 .
ility
ot p
Inspection service (batteries with “magic eye”)

wit
, is n
h re
hole
Perform a visual check ⇒ page 51 and a battery check with the

spec
“magic eye” ⇒ page 52 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Inspection service (batteries without “magic eye”)

Perform visual check ⇒ page 51 and electrolyte level check
rrectness of i
⇒ page 53 . If distilled water was topped up, perform an addi‐

tional battery load test ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter,
l purpos
current supply, CCS .

nf
ercia
4.5.1 Carrying out visual check (all batteries)

orm
m
atio
m
Carry out the following procedure:

o
n in
or c
thi
– Check battery housing for damage. Battery acid can leak out
te
sd
a
if housing is damaged.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Check battery terminals (battery cable connections) for dam‐

f
en
ng
t.
yi
age. If battery terminals are damaged, contact with wiring
Co
op py
connections cannot be guaranteed. This may lead to a cable t. C rig
gh ht
yri
fire resulting in electrical system malfunction. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Check battery is located securely, tighten clamp securing bolt Prote AG.
to 22 Nm if necessary.
If the battery is not properly secured, there is a danger of the fol‐
lowing:
♦ Shortened service life caused by vibration damage
♦ Damage to battery casing by clamping bracket (possible leak‐
age of acid with high consequential costs).
♦ Poor crash safety.
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.5.2 Checking battery: batteries with magic

eye and covered-over cell sealing plugs
Checking battery: Batteries with “magic eye” and without cell
sealing plugs ⇒ page 55
The “magic eye” -arrow- provides information concerning the level
of the electrolyte and the charge state of the battery.
– Before performing a visual check, tap “magic eye” lightly and
carefully with the handle of a screwdriver.
Tapping will cause air bubbles, which can hamper the display, to
dissipate.
Consequently, the colour display of the “magic eye” will be more
accurate.
Note
♦ The “magic eye” can be located at various positions on the

battery.
♦ Three display colours are possible:
Green → the battery is charged sufficiently.

Black → no charge or charge is insufficient (repair measure).
Transparent or yellow ⇒ critical electrolyte level has been
reached, it is essential that distilled water be added
⇒ page 52 . Then perform battery loadagtest en AG⇒. V Electrical
olkswagen AGsystem;
does
Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, current supply,
y V olkswCCS . not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
If the battery is more than 5 years old and the “magic eye” is a
an
itte
light or yellowish colour, the battery should be renewed following

y li
erm
ab
customer approval.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
4.5.3 Topping up with distilled water (batteries

spec
es, in part or in w
with “magic eye”)

t to the co
To prevent electrolyte contamination, which leads to increased

self-discharge, use only distilled water when replenishing the
rrectness of i
electrolyte.
l purpos

– Pull off foil covering the sealing plug.
nf
ercia
or
– Remove battery sealing plug.

m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Replenish distilled water to max. mark using battery filler bottle

- VAS 5045- .
Note
♦ The construction of filler support of battery filler bottle - VAS

5045- prevents an overfilling of the battery cells and therefore
prevents electrolyte leaking out. When the max. level is
reached, the flow of distilled water into the battery cell is in‐
terrupted.
♦ When the electrolyte level is too low (below the min. marking)
the cell plates dry swa
gand there
en AG. Volksis a loss dofoebattery
wagen AG
capacity (loss
of power).bIfy Vthe cell plates are not enclosed
olk s no
t gby
ua electrolyte
(sulphuricrise acid) corrosion will occur on the plates,
d ran plate
tee
bridges
utho and cell connector. The function of the battery or cannot
bess guaranteed if corrosion occurs. The battery will become
a ac
unusable.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ If the electrolyte level is too high (above the max. mark), the
itte
y li
leaking electrolyte (sulphuric acid/water mixture) will cause
rm
ab
pe
ility
damage outside the battery, i.e. to components in engine com‐
ot
partment.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Fit battery sealing plugs.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.5.4 Checking electrolyte level (batteries
without “magic eye”)
rrectness of i
l purpos
Markings on battery housing -arrow-

nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
tio
The correct battery electrolyte level is an important factor in en‐

n in
r
suring a long service life for the battery.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.5.5 Electrolyte level too low
Note
When the electrolyte level is too low (below the min. marking) the
cell plates dry and there is a loss of battery capacity (loss of pow‐
er). If the cell plates are not enclosed by electrolyte (sulphuric
acid) corrosion will occur on the plates, plate bridges and cell
connector. The function of the battery cannot be guaranteed if
corrosion occurs. The battery will become unusable.
Crafter 2006 ➤
To prevent electrolyte contamination, which leads to increased

self-discharge, use only distilled water when replenishing the
electrolyte.
– Remove battery sealing plug. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Replenish distilled water to max. mark using battery filler bottle by V ol not
gu
ara
- VAS 5045- . rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
The construction of filler support of battery filler bottle - VAS 5045-
erm
ab
prevents an overfilling of the battery cells and therefore prevents
ility
ot p
electrolyte leaking out. When the max. level is reached, the flow
wit
, is n
of distilled water into the battery cells is interrupted.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.5.6 Electrolyte level too high
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
If the electrolyte level is too high (above the max. mark), the leak‐
nform
ercia
ing electrolyte (sulphuric acid/water mixture) will cause damage

outside the battery, i.e. to components in engine compartment.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Remove battery sealing plug.
his
ate
do
riv
If the electrolyte level is too high (overfilled), e.g. lies above inner
p
cum
or
electrolyte level marking (synthetic material) or above the exterior

f
en
ng
t.
marking:
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Draw off electrolyte with a hydrometer (⇒ illustration) until the
gh ht
yri by
electrolyte level reaches the synthetic material web or the
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
max. marking.
agen
Prote AG.
Note
Observe disposal regulations!
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.5.7 Checking battery: Batteries with “magic

eye” and without cell sealing plugs
You can identify these batteries by the “magic eye” -1- and a cover
-2- (as shown in the illustration).
Note
The “magic eye” can be located at various positions on the bat‐

tery. It may be necessary to unclip the securing bracket in order
to recognise and read the “magic eye”.
WARNING
The cover -2- serves only for filling during production. The cov‐
er must not be removed under any circumstances, because
this will lead to battery damage. The battery will become un‐
usable.
The “magic eye” provides information concerning the electrolyte

level and the charge state of battery.
– Before performing a visual check, tap “magic eye” lightly and
carefully with the handle of a screwdriver.
Tapping will cause air bubbles, which can hamper the display, to
dissipate.
Consequently, the colour display of the “magic eye” will be more
accurate. Three display colours are possible:
– Green → the battery is charged sufficiently.
– Black → no charge or charge is insufficient. The battery must
be charged (repair measure). en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw not
– Colourless or yellow → the battery must
db
y Vbe renewed.
o gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
4.5.8 Battery with black
ss electrolyte level stick‐
au ra
c
er on the battery
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
WARNING
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Risk of injury! Take note of the warnings and comply with the
hole
safety regulations ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Warnings

spec
and safety regulations .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
The magic eye provides information concerning the electrolyte

rrectness of i
level of battery.
l purpos
– Lightly tap the magic eye with the handle of a screwdriver.

nf
ercia
Note
rm
m
atio
om
n in
The air bubbles in the battery rise. In this way, falsification of the
or c
level indicated by the magic eye is avoided.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
2 different display colours are possible:

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Electrolyte level indication

Electrolyte level indication: Electrolyte level in batter ok
black
Electrolyte level indication: col‐ Electrolyte level too low The
ourless or light yellow battery must be replaced
WARNING
It is not permissible to test or charge batteries whose magic

eye is colourless or light yellow. Jump starting is not permissi‐
ble either!
If the battery is tested or charged or if jump starting is carried
out, there is a danger of explosion.
These batteries must be replaced.
4.5.9 Second battery

The second battery is located on left side of engine compartment.
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
The additional battery (second battery) is “NOT” suitable for ris ed
nte
JUMP / SLAVE starting. When jump / slave starting only use ut
ho eo
ra
starter battery in driver footwell or jump / slave point in engine
ss a c
compartment.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4.6 Driver and front passenger airbag: Vis‐
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ually checking airbag units
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Front passenger airbag ⇒ page 56
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Driver side airbag ⇒ page 56
t to the co
4.6.1 Driver side airbag
rrectness of i
– Perform visual check of padded plate -1- for exterior damage.
l purpos
WARNING
nform
ercia
♦ The steering wheel padded plate surface must not have

m
at
stickers attached or be covered or otherwise be modified.
om
io
This ensures that the future function of the airbag is guar‐

n
c
in t
r
anteed. Ensure the customer is aware of these instruc‐

o
his
te
tions.
a
do
priv
cum
or
♦ The steering wheel padded plate must only be cleaned

f
en
ng
with a dry cloth or a cloth moistened with water.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
4.6.2 Front passenger airbag
Prote AG.
– Carry out visual check of the outer surface of dash panel for
exterior damage.
Crafter 2006 ➤
WARNING
♦ It must be ensured that the complete padded surface of

the front passenger airbag unit does not have stickers at‐
tached to it or is covered or otherwise modified. This
ensures that the future function of the airbag is guaran‐
teed. Ensure the customer is aware of these instructions.
♦ It is only permissible to clean
s
the
wagen Asurface
G. Volkswof the airbag
agen AG
does unit
with a dry cloth or a cloth
by
Vo moistened with water.
lk not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho e or
au ac
4.7 Checking tyres: Condition, wear pattern,
ss
ce
le
un
tyre pressure, tread depth
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Tyre inflation pressure table ⇒ page 58
pe
ility
ot
♦ Checking wear pattern ⇒ page 58
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Tyre tread depth (including spare): Check and enter
spec
⇒ page 58
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Check condition ⇒ page 57
rrectness of i
♦ Tyre inflator - VAS 5216-
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.7.1 Checking condition
Note
For safety reasons, only tyres of same type and tread pattern
should be fitted on a vehicle!

Delivery inspection:
– Check tyre treads and side walls for damage and remove for‐
eign bodies such as, for example, nails or glass splinters.
Inspection service:
– Check tyre treads and side walls for damage and remove for‐
eign bodies such as, for example, nails or glass splinters.
– Check tyres for cupping, one-sided tread wear, porous side
walls, cuts and punctures.
Note
The customer must be informed of any faults found.
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.7.2 Checking wear pattern

The wear pattern on the front tyres will indicate, for example, if
toe and camber settings should be checked:
♦ Feathering on tread indicates incorrect toe setting.
♦ One-sided tread wear is mainly attributed to incorrect camber.
When wear of this nature is noticed determine cause by carrying
out alignment checks (repair measure).
4.7.3 Tyre tread depth (including spare):

Checking and recording n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
Special tools and workshop equipment requiredby Volk ot g
ua
d ran
se
♦ Profile depth gauge (commercially available)
tho
ri tee
or
au ac
– Check tyre tread depth. ss
ce
le
un
pt
Minimum tread depth: 1.6 mm
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
WARNING
ot
wit
, is n
h re
The minimum tread depth may vary according to legislation in
hole
spec
individual countries.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ The minimum tread depth is reached when the tyres have

worn down level with the 1.6 mm high tread wear indicators
nform
ercia
positioned at intervals around the tyre.

m
♦ If the tread depth is approaching the minimum allowed depth,
a
com
tio
inform the customer.
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ The pressures in the table apply to cold tyres. Do not reduce
. C rig
ht ht
rig
increased pressures of warm tyres. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Important information concerning tyres recommended by Prote AG.
Volkswagen can be found in ⇒ Guidelines for wheels and
tyres .
4.7.4 Tyre pressure table
Note
The tyre pressures in the following table are for summer and win‐
ter tyres, the tyre inflation pressures are “no longer” increased for
winter tyres.
Tyre pressures for front axle “partly loaded”

Tyre pressure in bar
Permissible axle loading (kg) “see type plate”
Crafter 2006 ➤

Front axle 1470 1530 1600 1640 1680 1700 1725
(partly loa‐
ded)
tyres
195/75 R16 4.0
C
107 / 105 R
205/75 R16 3.1 3.6
C
110 / 108 R
235/65 R16 3.0
C
115 / 113 R
235/65 R16 3.0 3.0 3.0
C
121 N (118
R)
235/60 R17 3.0
C
AG. Volkswagen AG d
117 / 115 R lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
Tyre pressures for front axless a“fully loaded” c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Front axle (fully loa‐ 1650 1800 1850 2000
ot
wit
, is n
ded)
h re
Tyres
hole
spec
195/75 R16 C 4.4
es, in part or in w
t to the co
107 / 105 R 4.5 6)
205/75 R16 C 3.6 4.0 4.4
110 / 108 R 4.1 6)
rrectness of i
225/75 R16 C 3.5

l purpos
116 / 114 R
235/65 R16 C 3.0 3.4 3.4 3.7
nform
ercia
115 / 113 R 3.5 1) 3.5 4)

m
235/65 R16 C 3.3 3.2 3.3 3.6

com
tion in
121 N (118 R) 3.7 3) 3.8 5)

r
te o
thi
235/60 R17 C 3.0 3.4

s
iva
do
117 / 115 R
r
3.5 1) 2)
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note 1) 3.5 t (+ A50 front axle) pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Note 2) 3.2 t + A50 (reduced loading version)
Prote AG.
Note 3) 3.88 t (max. 162 km/h)

Note 4) Supersingle 3.5 t (reduced loading version) (max. 162 km/
h)
Note 5) Spare wheel tyre on front axle, max. 162 km/h
Note 6) Dual 3.5 t (reduced loading version) (max. 162 km/h)
Crafter 2006 ➤
Tyre pressures for rear axle “partly loaded”

Rear axle 1470 1530 1600 1640 2300 2560 2770
(partly loa‐
ded)
Tyres
195/75 R16 3.0 3.0
C
107 / 105 R
205/75 R16 3.1 3.0 3.0
C n AG. Volkswagen AG do
110 / 108 R lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
235/65 R16 ir se
d b
3.0 ran
tee
C utho
or
115 / 113 R ss
a ac
ce
le
235/65 R16 3.0 3.0 4.3

un
pt
C
an
d
itte
y li
121 N (118
erm
ab
R)
ility
ot p
wit
235/60 R17 3.0
is n
h re
C
ole,
spec
117 / 115 R
t to the co
285/65 R16 3.0 3.0
C
128 N
(118R)
rrectness o
cial p
f
Tyre pressures for rear axle “fully loaded”
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Rear axle 1800 2000 2250 2300 2430 3200 3500

t
sd
va
(fully loa‐
i
o
pr
cum
r
ded)
fo
en
ng
Tyres
t.
yi Co
op py
195/75 R16 3.0 4.0 4.4
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
C p by
co Vo
107 / 105 R
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
205/75 R16 4.0 3.0 3.6 4.0
C
110 / 108 R
225/75 R16 4.3
C
116 / 114 R
235/65 R16 3.5 3.8 4.5 4.9
C
115 / 113 R
235/65 R16 4.3 5.3 5.75
C
121 N (118
R)
235/60 R17 3.5 3.9 4.5 4.9
C
117 / 115 R
Crafter 2006 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d Maintenance - Edition 12.2014
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b
rise
d Tyre pressure in bar ara
nte
tho eo
285/65 R16 s au 4.5 r a 4.5
c
C s
ce
e
128 N
nl
pt
du
an
(118R)
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
4.8 Brake system: Carrying out visual check
hole
spec
for leaks and damage
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Check following components for leaks and damage:
♦ Brake master cylinder
rrectness of i
♦ Brake servo (for anti-lock brake system: hydraulic unit)
l purpos
♦ ABS sensor cable and
nform
ercia
♦ Brake calipers
m
at
– Ensure that brake hoses are not twisted.
om
ion
c
in t
– Additionally ensure that brake hoses do not touch any vehicle
or
his
e
components when steering is at full lock.

at
do
priv
c
– Check brake hoses for porosity or brittleness.
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Check that brake hoses, brake lines, and ABS sensor cables
Co
Cop py
are correctly seated and are not chafed.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Check brake connections and fastenings for correct seating,
c by lksw
cted agen
leaks and corrosion. Prote AG.
WARNING
Faults found must always be rectified (repair measure).
4.9 Thickness of brake pads and condition

of brake discs, front and rear: Check
Front disc brake pads: Check thickness ⇒ page 62
Rear disc brake pads: Check thickness ⇒ page 63
Condition of brake discs: Check ⇒ page 64
Adjusting parking brake ⇒ page 64
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1576- (75-400 Nm)

♦ Hand torch and mirror fluorescent lamp, 13 watts - VAS 6485-
The adapter to loosen and tighten anti-theft wheel bolts is in the
vehicle tool kit ⇒ page 102
Note
♦ The following description of the front brake pads applies also

to the rear brake pads.
♦ If it should be necessary to remove the wheels when checking
the brake pads, this is a separate charge for the customer.
♦ A suitable adapter for loosening and tightening the anti-theft
wheel bolts can be found in the vehicle tool kit.
♦ When replacing disc brake pads, always check brake discs for
wear! Checking and if necessary replacing the brake discs is
a repair measure.
♦ Ensure the wheel bolts/wheel nuts are tightened diagonally
and alternately to the following specified torque:
♦ In the case of defective links, please select the described work
procedure manually in the relevant information material.
4.9.1 Front brake pads

– Remove wheel cap if necessary.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Determine thickness of outer pad by checking visually (illumi‐

nate area behind hole in rim using a torch).
– Determine thickness of inner pad by checking visually (using
a torch and mirror).
a - Pad thickness without backplate
- Wear limit: 3 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not WARNING olkswagen
y V gu
d b ara
The brake pads risehave reached their wear limit at a brake pad
nte
tho eo
thickness of
s au3 mm (without backplate) and must be renewed ra
c
(repair measure). Inform customer!
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Whenever wheels are mounted, wheel bolts or nuts must be
an
itte
y li
tightened a second time.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Wheel bolts or nuts must be retightened after approx. 50 km.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Specified torque for steel wheels with wheel bolts: 240 Nm.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified torque for alloy wheels with wheel bolts: 180 Nm.
Specified torque for wheel nuts: 180 Nm.
rrectness of i
Check brake disc for wear.
l purpos
Procedure: Running gear ► Brake system ► ⇒ Rep. gr. 46 Brakes

- mechanism ► Repairing front brakes.
nform
ercia
– If necessary, secure wheel in marked position.

m
at
om
– Tighten wheel securing bolts diagonally to following specified

on
c
in t
torque: specified torque 180 Nm

or
his
ate
– Push on wheel trims if necessary.

do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
4.9.2 Rear brake pads
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ For better evaluation of remaining pad thickness remove

wheel cap.
♦ If it should be necessary to remove the wheels when checking
the brake pads, this is a separate charge for the customer.
– Illuminate area behind hole in rim using an electric hand torch.

– Visually inspect outer pad to determine its thickness.
Wear limit: 3 mm
– Illuminate inner pad with an electric hand torch and mirror.
– Determine thickness of inner pad by checking visually.
Wear limit: 3 mm
Note
When replacing brake pads, always check brake discs as well for
wear. Checking and if necessary replacing the brake discs is a
repair measure.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Check brake disc for wear ⇒ Rep. gr. 46 ; Repairing rear

brakes .
4.9.3 Condition of brake discs: Checking

Check all brake discs for the following damage pattern:
♦ Cracks
♦ Scoring
♦ Rust (no surface rust)
♦ Degree of wear at the ridge along the circumference
Note
Inform customer if brake disc damage is similar to these damage

patterns. Renewing the brake discs is a repair measure.
4.9.4 Adjusting parking brake
Note
♦ Before the handbrake is adjusted, the brake shoes for hand‐

brake must first be adjusted. Then, the front handbrake cable
is to be adjusted ⇒ Brake systems; Rep. gr. 46 ; Brake mech‐
anism; Parking brake .
♦ Before adjusting rear brake cables, adjust handbrake bracket.
Adjustment is necessary after renewing the pull cable, the hand‐

brake cables, the brake calipers, the brake pads, the brake discs
and in case of slack cables.
wage
– Depress foot brake forcefully at least three times. yV
olks es n
ot g
d b ua
ran
– Fully apply and release handbrake three times. ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Loosen bolts -2- from bracket -3- and push bracket forwards.
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Push bracket until lever -1- is 6 mm away -2- from bracket

-3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Note ise
d b ara
nte
or eo
th
u ra
To ease adjustment, e.g.ss use a 6 mm diameter drill.
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Screw in bracket bolts hand-tight and then tighten firmly to
itte
y li
prescribed torque.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Handbrake lever: pull up by 4 teeth.
wit
, is n
h re
Release handbrake lever (returns to rest position), both rear
hole
spec
wheels must now turn »freely«.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified torque:
Bracket nut to body = 40 Nm
rrectness of i
For further adjustment/repair measures, refer to ⇒ Brake sys‐
tems; Rep. gr. 46 ; Brake mechanism; Parking brake .
l purpos
4.10 Changing brake fluid
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
♦ Brake filling and bleeding equipment - VAS 6860-
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Or
♦ Brake filling and bleeding equipment - V.A.G 1869/-
Or
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Brake filling and bleeding unit - V.A.G 1869/- with set - V.A.G
1869/4-
♦ Brake bleeding tool - VAS 6564-
Use only new brake fluid with part number B 000 700 A (corre‐
sponds to US standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4) en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
WARNING ris
ed nte
tho eo
au ra
♦ Brake fluid must under no circumstances
ss come into con‐ c
ce
e
tact with fluids containing mineral oils (oil, petrol, cleaning
nl
pt
du
solutions). Mineral oils will damage seals and rubber
an
itte
y li
grommets of brake system.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Brake fluid is poisonous. In addition, due to its corrosive
wit
, is n
nature, it must not come into contact with paint.
h re
hole
spec
♦ Brake fluid is hygroscopic, i.e. it attracts moisture from the
es, in part or in w
surrounding air and therefore must always be stored in air-
t to the co
tight containers.
♦ Wash away spilt brake fluid using plenty of water.
rrectness of i
♦ Observe disposal regulations!
l purpos
nform
ercia
Caution
m
at
om
io
When replenishing, ensure to not spill any liquids in the engine
n
c
in t
r
compartment.
o
his
ate
do
riv
Spilled liquids may cause damage to the paintwork and to

p
cum
or
components in the engine compartment.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Toothed belts, V-belts and poly V-belts which came into con‐ t. Cop py
tact with oil, brake fluid or coolant must always be renewed.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Observe operating instructions for brake filling and bleeding unit
- VAS 6860- or for brake filling and bleeding unit - V.A.G 1869/- .
– Extract as much brake fluid as possible from brake fluid res‐
ervoir using suction hose from brake filling and bleeding unit -
VAS 6860- or from brake filling and bleeding unit - V.A.G
1869/- or using a suction bottle with built-in strainer.
WARNING
Do not reuse extracted (used) brake fluid.

– Connect adapter to brake fluid reservoir.
– Connect filling hose of brake filling and bleeding unit - VAS
6860- or of brake filling and bleeding unit - V.A.G 1869/- to
adapter.
– Open breather valves and let appropriate quantity of brake
fluid run out. Used brake fluid is pushed out of the system by
pumping in new fluid.
– Open breather valve on clutch slave cylinder. Keep breather
valve open until new brake fluid escapes without bubbles.
Close breather valve on clutch slave cylinder.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Sequence: Brake fluid quantity which must

Wheel brake cylinders, flow out of wheel brake cylinders n AG. Volkswagen A
brake calipers or brake calipers olks
wage
G do
es n
o V t gu
by
Rear right 0.4 … 0.5rislitre
ed
ara
nte
o eo
Rear left 0.4 …a0.5
ut litre
h
ra
ss c
Front right 0.4 … 0.5 litre
ce
le
un
pt
Front left 0.4 … 0.5 litre
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Total quantity: 2 litres
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Switch off brake filling and bleeding equipment.
, is n
h re
– Take connection off brake fluid reservoir and remove brake hole
spec
pedal depressor.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check pressure and free travel of brake pedal. Free play: max.
1/ of pedal travel.
3
rrectness of i
– Depress clutch pedal several times.
l purpos
4.11 Brake fluid level (depending on lining/
nform
ercia
pad wear): Checking

m
a
com
ti
Observe brake fluid specification ⇒ page 68
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
WARNING
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ Brake fluid must under no circumstances come into con‐

n
t.
yi Co
op
tact with fluids containing mineral oils (oil, petrol, cleaning C py
t. rig
solutions). Mineral oils will damage seals and rubber
gh ht
yri by
grommets of brake system.
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Brake fluid is poisonous. In addition, due to its corrosive
nature, it must not come into contact with paint.
♦ Brake fluid is hygroscopic, i.e. it attracts moisture from the
surrounding air and therefore must always be stored in air-
tight containers.
♦ Wash away spilt brake fluid using plenty of water.
Caution

compartment.
Toothed belts, V-belts and poly V-belts which came into con‐
Note as follows:
4.11.1 Delivery inspection

At delivery inspection the fluid level must be at max. marking.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
The max. marking must not be exceeded, because brake fluid

flows out of reservoir.
4.11.2 Inspection service

– The fluid level must always be judged in conjunction with lin‐
ing/pad wear. When vehicle is in use, fluid level tends to drop
slightly due to lining/pad wear and automatic adjustment.
– When fluid level is at min. marking or just above, fluid should
not be replenished if brake pads are almost at wear limit.
– If brake pads are new or well above wear limit then fluid level
must be between min. and max. markings.
– If fluid level is below min. marking, the brake system should
be checked before fluid is topped up (repair measure).
4.11.3 Brake fluid specification
Note
♦ From model year 2006 a new brake fluid has been introduced
according to VW standard “VW 501 14”.
♦ This new brake fluid can also be used for older vehicles.
♦ For this purpose the new brake fluid can also be mixed with
the previous brake fluid conforming to US standard “FMVSS
116 DOT 4”.
♦ On vehicles 2006 ► “only” the new brake fluid corresponding
to VW standard “VW 501 14” may be used.
The brake fluids are available as replacement part. The part num‐
ber can be found in ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
Permissible brake fluid specifications for vehicles ► 2005 ed by V ua
ran
ir s tee
o
♦ Brake fluid conforming to US standard “FMVSS 116aDOT uth or
ac
4” (previous brake fluid) ss
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Brake fluid conforming to VW standard “VW 501 14” (new

du
an
itte
brake fluid).
y li
erm
ab
ility
Permissible brake fluid specifications for vehicles 2006 ►

ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Brake fluid conforming to VW standard “VW 501 14” (new

h re
hole
brake fluid).
spec
es, in part or in w
4.12 Electric window regulators: Checking

t to the co
positioning (open and close functions)

rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos
After batteries have been disconnected and reconnected the

nf
ercia
roll-back function of the window regulators is disabled. Severe

or
pinching injuries could result!

m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
68
co Vo
by lksw
4. Descriptions of work cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
♦ The automatic opening and closing functions of the electric AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
windows do not work after the batteries have been discon‐ byV
ol not
gu
nected and reconnected. rised ara
nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Therefore, with immediate effect, before a new svehicle
s a is de‐ ra
c
livered, the window regulators must be reactivated.
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Once the windows have been repositioned, the batteries must
an
d
itte
y li
not be disconnected again.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Close all windows and pull on both buttons for electric side
is n
h re
windows.
ole,
spec
– Hold buttons in this position for approx. 1 second.
t to the co
The one-touch opening and closing function is now ready for use.
4.13 Sliding/tilting glass sunroof: Checking
rrectne
positioning (open and close functions)
ss o
cial p
f i
WARNING
nform
mer
atio
Improper use of the sliding/tilting glass sunroof can cause ac‐
om
n
cidents/injuries.
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Never close the sliding/tilting glass sunroof without using

t
sd
iva
o
caution. Otherwise you may seriously injure yourself or
pr
cum
r
fo
others. Therefore always ensure no one is within the func‐
en
ng
t.
tional area of the sliding/tilting glass sunroof. The sliding/
yi Co
op
tilting glass sunroof is not equipped with force limitation
C py
ht. rig
(roll-back) function, danger of mortal injury.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Never leave children or people requiring assistance alone
agen
Prote AG.
in the vehicle, especially when they have access to the
ignition key. Unsupervised use of an ignition key could
mean that the engine is started or that electrical equipment
is used (e. g. electric windows). Risk of accident! The
doors can be locked using the remote control key. This
could result in people being trapped in the vehicle in an
emergency.
♦ The sliding/tilting glass sunroof functions, with the ignition
switched off, until one of the front doors are opened.
– Open sliding/tilting glass sunroof.

– Press button for sliding/tilting glass sunroof to position
“CLOSE”.
– Wait until the sliding/tilting glass sunroof is closed, then con‐
tinue to hold the sliding/tilting glass sunroof button in the close
position for approx. 3 seconds.
Sliding/tilting glass sunroof is synchronised.
Sliding/tilting glass sunroof must be synchronised after:
♦ Voltage interruption after disconnecting battery
♦ Mechanical emergency closure of the sunroof
♦ A rejection opening of the sunroof
♦ An operational fault
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.14 Self-diagnosis: Reading event memory

of all systems
♦ Ending output ⇒ page 74
♦ Selecting operating mode ⇒ page 71
♦ Selecting vehicle system ⇒ page 72
♦ Reading event memory of all systems using vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system - VAS 5051B- or vehicle diag‐
nosis and service information system - VAS 5052-
⇒ page 71 .
♦ Connecting vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system
- VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service information
system - VAS 5052- ⇒ page 70
♦ Reading event memory of immobilizer ⇒ page 72
♦ Service interval display: Recode (adapt) ⇒ page 115
♦ Service interval display: Reset ⇒ page 113
♦ Vehicle diagnostic and service information system - VAS
5052-
wage es n
♦ Diagnostic cable, 2 m - VAS 5052/3 A- yV
olks ot g
ua
d b ran
or ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
♦ Diagnostic cable, 5 m - VAS 5052/3 A-1- ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4.14.1 Connecting vehicle diagnosis, testing
t to the co
and information system - VAS 5051B- or
vehicle diagnosis and service informa‐
rrectness of i
tion system - VAS 5052-
l purpos
Perform the following jobs:

nf
ercia
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
– Manual gearbox: Gear lever in neutral.

thi
te
sd
iva
With ignition switched off, connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and

r
rp
cu
o
information system - VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service

f
en
ng
t.
information system - VAS 5052- as follows:
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Release locking screw -1- using, for example, a suitable gh ht
yri by
screwdriver and open fuse box cover on left under dash panel. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -

VAS 5051B- with LT diagnosis cable - VAS 5051/5A- to diag‐
nosis connection -arrow- with ignition switched off.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
4.14.2 Reading event memory of all systems

un
pt
an
d
itte
using vehicle diagnosis, testing and in‐
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
formation system - VAS 5051B- or vehi‐
ot
wit
, is n
cle diagnosis and service information
h re
hole
system - VAS 5052-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Press button for Vehicle self-diagnosis on display
rrectness of i
-arrow-.
l purpos
– Follow menu guide of vehicle diagnosis system.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
4.14.3 Selecting operating mode pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
If the display is not as shown in the procedure ⇒ Operating in‐

structions for vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
VAS 5051B- .
– Press button for Crafter self-diagnosis on display

-arrow-.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Indicated on display:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
4.14.4 Selecting vehicle system wit

, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Press address words on display one after the other, whose
es, in part or in w
event memories must be read.

t to the co
Address words
rrectness of i
93 - Immobilizer
91 - Engine management
l purpos
95 - Electronic stabilisation programme

nform
ercia
97 - Tachograph
m
9D - Auxiliary heater (fuel)

a
com
tion in
9E - Auxiliary heater (electric)

r
te o
thi
94 - Airbag/belt tensioner
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Example:
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The immobilizer event memory must be read. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
4.14.5 Reading event memory of immobilizer
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check if an immobilizer is installed in the vehicle.
– If an immobilizer is not installed, continue test sequence with
“Reading event memory of diesel control system”.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Press “93 - Immobilizer” on display -arrow-. wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Indicated on display: es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Press “02 - Read event memory” on display -arrow-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
The test sequence is completed when following is indicated on
ng
t.
yi Co
display: t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
The number of stored faults or “0 faults detected” appears on dis‐ pyri by
Vo
co
play -arrow-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press Print button -1- on display and then press “Screen” in
print menu.
The vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - VAS
5051B- prints out all faults or “0 faults detected”. If faults are stor‐
ed, repairs are necessary. The fault log must accompany vehicle
to repair.
– Press button Arrow on display, -2- in illustration.
– Press button Arrow on display, -arrow- in illustration.
Note
When event memories of other systems have also been read on

the basis of the table “Address words” ⇒ page 72 , end output.
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.14.6 Ending output

– Press button GoTo on display, -arrow- in illustration.
– Press button End on display, -arrow- in illustration.
– Press End button in End menu.
– Switch off ignition and separate diagnosis connections.
4.15 Dust and pollen filter (cabin filter):

Cleaning housing and renewing filter el‐
ement
– Press filter element in direction of -arrow- until the filter locking
lugs release. wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
– Filter element can then be removed upwards. ed by ara
ris nte
– If necessary, afterwards clean filter ho
housingautwith e.g. a vac‐
eo
ra
uum cleaner or lint-free cloth. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Insert new filter element in reverse order of removal.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Depending on equipment version, a dust and pollen filter or an

spec
activated charcoal/combination filter is installed.

t to the co
♦ Refer to PR numbers to check which equipment version has

been installed.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
74
AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.16 Fuel filter: Draining water (diesel en‐

gine)
– Loosen water drain plug -1- and drain approx 100 ml of fuel to
a suitable container.
– Refit water drain plug -1-, renew seal -2- if damaged.
Note
4.17 Fuel filter: Renewing (diesel engine)

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
♦ Fuel filter wrench - T50011-

rrectne
Note
s
♦ Ensure that no diesel fuel contacts coolant hoses. If necessa‐

s o
ry, clean hoses immediately.

cial p
f inform
mer

atio
om
n
c

i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Crafter s2006
ed b ➤ ara
nte
ri
Maintenance
ut
ho - Edition 12.2014 eo
ra
s a c
s
4.17.1 Removing (filter element)
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Loosen water drain plug -1- and collect fuel in a suitable con‐
rm
ab
tainer.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Loosen filter housing -3- using fuel filter wrench - T50011- and
h re
remove filter element -4- and seal -5-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
4.17.2 Inserting (filter element)
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
– Refit water drain plug -1-, renew seal -2- if damaged.
agen
Prote AG.
– Install new filter element -4- with seal -5-.

– Fill filter housing with fuel.
– Refit complete filter unit -3-.
– Tighten filter to prescribed torque setting using torque wrench
- V.A.G 1331- (5-50 Nm) and fuel filter wrench - T50011- .
Specified torque:
♦ 15 +/- 2 Nm
– Start engine and check fuel system for leaks (visual check).
Note
To ensure the engine starts immediately after changing the fuel

filter, bleed the fuel system using vehicle diagnostic, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnostic and serv‐
ice information system - VAS 5052- ⇒ page 78 .
4.17.3 Removing (filter)

– Loosen water drain plug -7- and collect fuel in a suitable con‐
tainer.
– Loosen hexagon bolt -5- and pull fuel filter -4- slightly down‐
wards out of fuel filter bracket -6-.
– Pull off retaining clips -8- for control valve -1- and remove con‐
trol valve -1- upwards.
– Detach return and supply lines -3- from fuel filter -4-.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Undo and remove hexagon bolt -5- and remove fuel filter -4-
from fuel filter bracket -6-.
4.17.4 Installing (filter)

– Renew O-rings -2- at control valve -1-.
Note
O-rings are colour-marked (green and light blue)!
– Place fuel filter -4- in fuel filter bracket -6-.n AG. Volkswagen A
ge G do
swa es n
– Tighten hexagon bolt -5- of fuelbfilter
y V bracket -6- hand-tight.
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ise
– Attach return and supply lines
tho -3- to fuel filter -4-.
r tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Note
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Flow direction is marked by arrows (do not interchange connec‐

ility
ot p
tions -3-).
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Press control valve -1- into fuel filter -4- and secure with re‐
spec
taining clip -8-.

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Align fuel filter -4- and then tighten hexagon bolt -5- of fuel filter
bracket -6- securely.
– Bleed fuel system ⇒ page 78 .
– Start engine and check fuel system for leaks.
4.18 Fuel system: Bleeding (diesel engine)

Using vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - VAS
5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service information system - VAS
5052-
To ensure the engine starts immediately after changing the fuel
filter, bleed the fuel system using vehicle diagnosis, testing and
information system - VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service
information system - VAS 5052- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing Vol and information system -
ksw
oes
not
gu
VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis d b and service information
y ara
se nte
system - VAS 5052- with thignition
ori switched off ⇒ page 70 . eo
au ra
– Switch on ignition. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Press button Guided functions on display.

an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Then perform vehicle identification.

ility
ot p
– Select the following functions successively:

wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Systems capable of self-diagnosis

spec
♦ Diesel direct injection and glow plug system

t to the co
♦ Functions
♦ Bleeding fuel system
rrectne
– Follow instructions on display of vehicle diagnosis, testing and

s
information system - VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and

s o
service information system - VAS 5052- .

cial p
f inform
– After bleeding the fuel system, exit “Guided functions” using

mer
atio
GoTo button.
om
n
c
i
or
– Touch function End on display.

thi
te
sd
va
– Select function End in “End menu”.

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Switch off ignition and separate diagnostic connection from

t.
yi Co
op
vehicle. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Bleeding the fuel system is finished.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.19 AdBlue® (reducing agent)
Note wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
♦ In vehicles
ir se with selective catalytic reduction, a special
d ran
tee reduc‐
ingaagent
utho
(AdBlue® urea solution) is injected into the or exhaust
system before a special catalytic converter in order toc reduce
a
ss
nitrous oxide emissions.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ AdBlue® must always be completely refilled. It is only by re‐

itte
y li
rm
plenishing the complete volume that it is possible to guarantee
ab
pe
ility
that the refilling will be detected and thus driving at full engine
ot
wit
torque rendered possible again.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ Replenishing AdBlue® behind the cab (dropside)
es, in part or in w
⇒ page 83
t to the co
♦ Replenishing AdBlue® in engine compartment (panel van/
window van) ⇒ page 86
rrectness of i
♦ Components of filling device for AdBlue - VAS 6542-
l purpos
⇒ page 83
♦ Fill in AdBlue® with filling device for AdBlue - VAS 6542-
nform
ercia
⇒ page 79
m
a
com
♦ Closing AdBlue® filler neck ⇒ page 88 tion in

r
te o
♦ Cleaning filling device - VAS 6542- ⇒ page 82

thi
s
iva
do
♦ AdBlue® display in dash panel insert ⇒ page 79

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ AdBlue® incorrect filling or system malfunction ⇒ page 89

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ AdBlue® tank capacities ⇒ page 88
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
4.19.1 AdBlue® display in dash panel insert
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Depending on the equipment variant (Highline or Lowline), the

remaining ranges are displayed for you in km and each with dif‐
ferent signals.
Note
All information about the AdBlue® warning lamp can be found in

the ⇒ General notes booklet, "“Selective catalytic reduction
(SCR)” chapter .
4.19.2 Filling in AdBlue® with filling device for

AdBlue - VAS 6542-
♦ Filling device - VAS 6542-
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Engine and gearbox jack - VAS 6931-
♦ Adapter plate - VAG 1383A-1-
♦ Tank for used reducing agent (AdBlue®)

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Opening AdBlue® filler neck: olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
♦ Behind cab (drop-side vehicle) ⇒ page 83 orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
♦ In engine compartment (panel van/window van) ⇒ pages 86
s a c
ce
le
un
– Clean reducing agent tank filler neck with a water-soaked, lint-
pt
an
d
free cotton cloth.

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
– Close cut-off taps of bleeding and filling lines of filling device
ility
ot
for AdBlue - VAS 6542- .
wit
, is n
h re
– Place filling device for AdBlue - VAS 6542- onto reducing
hole
spec
agent container ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” and turn
es, in part or in w
union nut COUNTER clockwise until both threads engage with

t to the co
each other.
– Turn union nut clockwise to stop.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Position reducing agent container on engine and gearbox jack

- VAG 1383 A- with adapter plate - VAG 1383 A-1- or on engine
and gearbox jack - VAS 6931- .
1 - Reducing agent container olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
2- Adapter plate - VAG 1383riA-1-
se
d ran
tee
tho
or
3- Quick release coupling
ss
au
on breather hose ac
ce
le
A - Dimension -A- (60-80 cm) for height difference from reducing
un
pt
an
agent container to filler neck of reducing agent tank
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Breather hose
ility
ot p
wit
5 - Union nut for filler neck of reducing agent tank
is n
h re
ole,
6 - Cut-off tap for filling hose (cut-off tap open: Lever points in
spec
direction of hose, cut-off tap closed: Lever positioned transverse
t to the co
to direction of hose)
7 - Filling hose
rrectne
8 - Cut-off tap for breather hose (cut-off tap open: Lever points in
s
s o
cial p
f i
9 - Engine and gearbox jack - VAG 1383 A-
nform
mer
atio
om
Note
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Note that the height difference between the reducing agent con‐
iv
o
pr
c
tainer and the reducing agent tank filler neck lies in the range of
um
r
fo
en
60-80 cm, dimension -A-.
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Place union nut onto filler neck of reducing agent tank -5- and
ht
pyri by
Vo
screw on as far as stop.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open cut-off tap for bleeder line -8-.
– Open cut-off tap for filler line -6-.
Filling of the reducing agent tank starts as of this point in time.
Reaching the maximum reducing agent tank filling can be seen
by the following points:
♦ The container noticeably collapses.
♦ The breather hose is filled with fluid.
If the container is emptied completely during the filling process
and no fluid has escaped from the breather hose as yet, repeat
the procedure.
– Close cut-off tap for filler line -6- at reducing agent tank.
– Close cut-off tap for breather line -8- on container.
– Disconnect quick release coupling on breather line -3-.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Allow surplus liquid to flow into a container suitable for reduc‐

ing agent (AdBlue®).
Note
♦ The procedure is finished when the reducing agent tank au‐

tomatically has the correct fill level.
♦ After replenishing, switch on ignition for at least 20 seconds,
so that the replenished reducing agent (AdBlue®) can be rec‐
ognised by the system.
Caution
Excessive reducing agent (AdBlue®) must be disposed of and

must not be reused.
Observe the disposal regulations: ⇒ ServiceNet → Environ‐
mental protection → Workshop disposal ! Ask your importer
about country-specific information on disposal.
When no further fluid flows out of breather line:

– Remove filling device - VAS 6542- from filler neck.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Clean reducing agent tank filler neck and tank cap lkwith
swa a wa‐
gen oes
not
ter-soaked, lint-free cotton cloth. db
y Vo gu
ara
e nte
ris
– Remove container from adapter plate and
ut place on floor.
ho eo
ra
sa c
– Open cut-off tap of filler line -6- and allow
s
remaining fluid to
ce
e
nl
flow back into container.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove filling device for AdBlue - VAS 6542- from container.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Close AdBlue® filler neck ⇒ page 88 .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
4.19.3 Cleaning filling device - VAS 6542- spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Open both cut-off taps -3- and -6- and clean or rinse all parts
of filling device for AdBlue - VAS 6542- under running water.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.19.4 Components of filling device - VAS

6542-
1 - Connection for reducing agent container
2 - Union nut for reducing agent container
3 - Cut-off tap for breather hose (cut-off tap open: Lever points in
4 - Quick release coupling on breather hose
5 - Filling hose
6 - Cut-off tap for filling hose (cut-off tap open: Lever points in
7 - Union nut for filler neck of reducing agent tank
8 - Breather hose
Caution
n AG. Volkswagen AG
Always ensure that all hosesolks
wageof filling device - VAS
does 6542- are
not
not kinked or blocked.d by VFor ease of handling, the breather gu hose
ara
can be turned 360°.
horis
e nte
e
t or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
4.19.5 Replenishing AdBlue® behind the cab

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
(dropside)
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
DANGER!
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ AdBlue® may irritate the skin, eyes and respiratory or‐

t to the co
gans. In the event of contact with this fluid, immediately

wash off the affected areas with plenty of water. Seek
medical attention if necessary.
rrectness of i
♦ Make sure that driving at reduced power/engine torque

l purpos
does not endanger you or other persons!

nform
mercia
a
com
tio
Note
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
The AdBlue® tank is located on the right of the vehicle behind the
do
r
rp
cab.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Lift AdBlue® tank closure -1- slightly and turn anticlockwise so C py
t. rig
the two recesses -2- are exposed.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Take plastic key -3- from vehicle tool kit and put it onto re‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
cesses -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Crafter 2006 ➤ agen oes
olksw not
V
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 d by gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
– Unscrew AdBlue® tank closure anticlockwise
ss au
-arrow- and re‐ ra
c
move.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Topping up AdBlue® with filler nozzle
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove AdBlue® tank adapter from foam holder next to ve‐
ility
ot p
hicle tool kit.
wit
, is n
h re
– Screw tank adapter -1- onto AdBlue® tank filler neck.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Insert filler nozzle -2- into tank adapter -1- and fill reducing
agent tank (AdBlue®) completely.
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks no
– After refilling, putdAdBlue®
by
V tank adapter back into foam
t gu holder
ara
next to vehicle or tool kit.
ise nte
e th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
Note
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
♦ After filling, it may take the system up to two minutes to rec‐
ab
ility
ognise that reducing agent (AdBlue®) has been replenished.
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Never switch the ignition on during this time, otherwise system
h re
hole
faults may be caused.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Topping up AdBlue® with container
– Use the integrated pourer in the container for refilling with
rrectness of i
AdBlue®.
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ Refer to the product information and handling instructions from

m
at
the manufacturer.
om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Topping up AdBlue® with refilling bottles p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Open the closure of the refilling bottle. Prote AG.
– Place neck of refilling bottle downwards onto filler neck and

screw it on until finger tight.
– Push refilling bottle towards filler neck and hold it pressed.
– Allow contents of refilling bottle to flow into reducing agent tank
(AdBlue®).
Note
Make sure that you do not squash the refilling bottle; it is not al‐
lowed to be destroyed.
– As soon as refilling bottle is empty, unscrew it and pull it out

upwards.
– Repeat procedure until reducing agent tank (AdBlue®) is full.
Note

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.19.6 Replenishing AdBlue® in engine com‐

partment (panel van/window van)
DANGER!

Note
AdBlue® tank is located at front right next to coolant expansion

tank.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d Crafter 2006 ➤
agen Maintenance
oes - Edition 12.2014
olksw not
yV gu
edb ara
ris anticlockwise and re‐ nte
– Unscrew AdBlue® tank closure -arrow-
ho eo
ut
move. ss a ra
c
ce
e
– Remove tank adapter from vehicle tool kit and screw it onto
nl
pt
du
an
AdBlue® tank filler neck.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Topping up AdBlue® with filler nozzle
ility
ot p
wit
– Insert filler nozzle into tank adapter and fill reducing agent tank
, is n
h re
(AdBlue®) completely.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
– After refilling, put AdBlue® tank adapter back into foam holder
m
atio
m
next to vehicle tool kit.

o
n in
or c
thi
Topping up AdBlue® with container
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Use the integrated pourer in the container for refilling with

rp
cu
o
m
AdBlue®.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Note
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to the product information and handling instructions from
the manufacturer.
ognise that AdBlue® has been replenished.
Topping up AdBlue® with refilling bottles

– Open the closure of the refilling bottle.
– Place neck of refilling bottle downwards onto filler neck and
screw it on until finger tight.
– Push refilling bottle towards filler neck and hold it pressed.
– Allow contents of refilling bottle to flow into reducing agent tank
(AdBlue®).
Note
Make sure that you do not squash the refilling bottle; it is not al‐
lowed to be destroyed.
– As soon as refilling bottle is empty, unscrew it and pull it out

upwards.
– Repeat procedure until reducing agent tank (AdBlue®) is full.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note

4.19.7 Closing AdBlue® filler neck

– Screw AdBlue® tank closure in clockwise until it engages.
– Remove plastic key and put it back into vehicle tool kit.
– Turn extension of AdBlue® tank closure -1- to sitswagstarting
en AG. V po‐ agen AG doe
olksw
s no
sition so that the two recesses -2- are covered.
by
Volk t gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho e or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.19.8 AdBlue® tank capacities
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
♦ AdBlue® consumption depends on the individual driving style.
ercia
On average, it is about 1% of fuel consumption.

m
a
com
tio
♦ When the reducing agent tank (AdBlue®) is completely empty,

n in
the vehicle can only be driven with reduced power/engine tor‐

r
te o
thi
que. When the remaining range drops below 2,400 km, the
s
iva
do
dash panel insert display informs you of the remaining range.

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
DANGER!
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
AdBlue® tank capacity for 5-cyl. engines 1)

Tank for moderate Tank for cold climat‐
climatic zones ic zones
Panel van/window approx. 26 litres approx. 19.2 litres
van
Dropside approx. 29.8 litres approx. 22.2 litres
Note 1) First filling
Crafter 2006 ➤
AdBlue® tank capacity for 4-cyl. engines 1)

Tank in engine compartment
Panel van/window approx. 17 litres
van
Note 1) First filling
4.19.9 AdBlue® incorrect filling or system mal‐

function
Note
♦ The exhaust emissions warning lamp in the dash panel insert

lights up to indicate there is a malfunction or incorrect filling.
♦ The vehicle is damaged by filling with reducing agent (AdBl‐
ue®) not in compliance with the standard or with other fluids.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4.20 Cooling system: Checking frost protec‐ d byV
olksw not
gu
ara
tion and coolant level ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Note
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The water used for mixing is a major factor influencing the ef‐
ility
ot p
fectiveness of the coolant. Because the water quality differs
wit
, is n
from country to country and even from region to region, the
h re
quality of the water to be used in the cooling system has been
hole
spec
specified by Volkswagen. Distilled water satisfies all require‐ es, in part or in w
ments. It is therefore recommended to use distilled water when
t to the co
mixing coolant for topping up or replacing coolant.
♦ Only coolant additives listed in the ⇒ Electronic Parts Cata‐
rrectness of i
logue (ETKA) must be used. Other coolant additives could
significantly reduce the corrosion protection in particular. The
l purpos
resulting damage could lead to loss of coolant and, conse‐

quently, to major engine damage.
nf
ercia
o
♦ Mixed in the proper proportions, coolant inhibits frost and cor‐
rm
m
rosion damage as well as scaling. Furthermore, the boiling
atio
m
point is raised. For these reasons, the cooling system must be

o
n in
c
filled all year round with a coolant additive.

or
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ Because of its high boiling point, the coolant improves engine
o
r
rp
cu
reliability under heavy loads, particularly in countries with trop‐
o
m
f
en
ng
ical climates.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ ONLY refractometer - T10007A- may be used for determining ht. rig
rig ht
current anti-freeze value.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Frost protection must be at least to -25 °C and, in countries
Prote AG.
with arctic conditions, down to -36 °C. Increasing the frost pro‐
tection is permissible only if climatic conditions require stron‐
ger frost protection. It may, however, only be increased to a
maximum of -48°C. Otherwise, the cooling effect will be im‐
paired.
♦ The coolant concentration must not be reduced by adding wa‐
ter even in warmer seasons and in warmer countries. Frost
protection must be guaranteed down to at least -25 °C.
♦ Read the frost protection value from the respective scale for
the coolant additive being used.
♦ The temperature read off the refractometer - T10007A- corre‐
sponds the »ice flocculation point«. Flakes of ice may start
forming in the coolant below this temperature.
♦ Do not re-use used coolant.
♦ Use only a water/coolant additive mixture as a slip agent for
coolant hoses.
♦ Check frost protection, if necessary replenish coolant additive

⇒ page 90
♦ Frost protection table ⇒ page 91
♦ Check coolant level, replenish coolant if necessary
⇒ page 92
♦ Mixture ratio ⇒ page 92
4.20.1 Checking frost protection, replenishing

coolant additive if necessary
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Refractometer - T10007 A-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Read precise value for the following tests at light-dark border.
Using a pipette, place a drop of water on the glass to improve the
readability of the light-dark border. The bright/dark boundary can
rrectness of i
be clearly recognised on the “WATERLINE”.
l purpos
– Check concentration of coolant additive using refractometer -

T10007 A- (refer to operating instructions).
nf
ercia
or
The scale -1- of the refractometer is calibrated for coolant addi‐
m
m
atio
tives G12; G12 Plus, G12 Plus Plus and G11.
om
n in
or c
The scale -2- is only calibrated for coolant additive G 13.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
Note
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ If the currently used coolant additive cannot be determined
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
precisely, use the scale -2- for coolant additive G13. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
– If frost protection is too low, drain coolant and add coolant ad‐
ditive ⇒ page 92 .
4.20.2 Frost protection table

Frost protection up to °C Quantity to drain
Actual value Specified value in litres
for diesel engines
0 -25 3.5
-35 4.5
-5 -25 3.0
-35 4.0
-10 -25 2.5
-35 3.5
-15 -25 2.0
-35 2.25
-20 -25 1.5
-35 2.5
-25 -35 2.0
-30 -35 1.0
-35 -40 1.0
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
– After road test check coolant additive concentration.

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
w oes
olks not
4.20.3 Checking coolant level, replenishing ed
byV gu
ara
nte
ris
coolant if necessary au
tho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Check coolant level on coolant expansion tank with engine

itte
y li
erm
cold.
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Delivery inspection: Coolant level at max. marking.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ Inspection service: Coolant level between min. and max.
spec
marking.
t to the co
Caution
rrectne
compartment.
ss o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
– If coolant is too low, add required amount according to mixture

p
cum
r
fo
ratio.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
4.20.4 Mixture ratio
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Caution
Prote AG.
Only distilled water may be used for mixing coolant additives.

The use of distilled water ensures optimum protection against
corrosion.
Frost protection to Coolant additive Water

portion
-25°C approx. 40% approx. 60 %
-35°C approx. 50 % approx. 50 %
-40°C approx. 60 % approx. 40%
4.21 Air filter: Cleaning housing and renew‐

ing filter element
Note
Following each air filter change, the values programmed into the
engine control unit must be reset using Guided fault finding.
♦ Resetting programmed values in engine control unit ⇒ Vehicle

diagnostic tester
♦ Removing air filter ⇒ page 94
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Installing air filter ⇒ page 94

♦ Torque screwdriver - VAS 6494-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
♦ Vehicle diagnosis, testing
ise
d b and information system - VAS ara
nte
5051B- thor eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Diagnosis cable - VAS 5051/5A- rrectness of i
l purpos
Or
♦ Vehicle diagnostic and service information system - VAS
nf
ercia
5052-
rm
m
atio
m
♦ Diagnostic cable, 2 m - VAS 5052/3 A-

o
n in
or c
thi
or
te
sd
iva
o
r
♦ Diagnostic cable, 5 m - VAS 5052/3 A-1-

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
wage es n
Crafter 2006 ➤ yV
olks ot g
b ua
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
4.21.1 Removing air filter ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Loosen the seven Torx bolts -arrows-.
ility
ot p
wit
– Remove filter housing upwards -movement arrow-.
, is n
h re
hole
– Take out used filter element.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
i
4.21.2 Installing air filter
on
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
– If necessary, afterwards clean filter housing with e.g. a vac‐
for
en
g
uum cleaner or lint-free cloth.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Insert filter element into lower part of filter.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Close upper part of filter housing again. The plastic lugs -1-
c by lksw
cted agen
must fit in the mounting recesses -2-.
Prote AG.
– Tighten the seven Torx screws to prescribed torque setting

again.
Specified torque:
♦ 1.8 ± 0.2 Nm
Note
When installing the air filter housing ensure that sealing surfaces
are properly seated.
4.22 Engine oil level: Checking

Note as follows:
Allow engine to stand for a few minutes (at least 5 minutes) so
that the oil can flow back into the oil sump.
– Pull out dipstick, wipe with a clean cloth and push dipstick in
again to limit stop.
Note
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Pull dipstick out again and read oil level.

The oil level must be between the min. and max. marking
-arrows-, ensure that oil level is never above the max. marking.
Note
There is a risk of damaging the catalytic converter when the oil

level is above the max. marking.
– When the oil level is below the min. marking: Replenish oil up
to max. marking.
Note
Note VW engine oil specifications ⇒ page 95
4.23 Engine oil: capacities and specifications
Caution agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
Only engine oils approved by VW may be used, rup-to-date
ised in‐ ara
nte
formation ⇒ ServiceNet, Technical information,ut Inspection and
ho eo
ra
maintenance, Approved oils , or ask your importer.
ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Crafter 2006 ►
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Diesel engines Oil quantity with VW engine oil standards
wit
, is n
Engine code Capacity / out‐ filter (I) With flexible With fixed serv‐ Without DPF
h re
hole
put service ice
spec
with DPF with DPF
es, in part or in w
t to the co
BJJ 2.5l 65 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
BJK 2.5l 80 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
rrectness of i
BJL 2.5l 100 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
l purpos
BJM 2.5l 120 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01

CEBA 2.5l 65 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
nf
ercia
o
CEBB 2.5l 80 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
rm
m
atio
CECA 2.5l 100 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01

om
n in
c
CECB 2.5l 120 kW 9.0 507 00 507 00 505 01

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
Crafter 2011 ►
yi Co
Cop py
Diesel engines Oil quantity with VW engine oil standards
ht. rig
rig ht
by
filter (I) opy Vo
Engine code Capacity / out‐ With flexible With fixed serv‐ Without DPF by c lksw
cted agen
put service ice Prote AG.
with DPF with DPF
CKTB 2.0 l 80 kW 7.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
CKTC 2.0 l 100 kW 7.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
CKUB 2.0 l 120 kW 7.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
CKUC 2.0 l 105 kW 7.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
CSLB 2.0 l 84 kW 7,0 507 00 507 00 505 01
CSNA 2.0 l 120 kW 7.0 507 00 507 00 505 01
Crafter 2006 ➤
4.24 Engine oil: Draining or extracting and re‐

plenishing; renewing oil filter
Caution

compartment.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
In the case of difficultVooperating
lksw
a
conditions suchoeas:
s no
t y gu
db ara
♦ operation with
or fuel containing sulphur
ise nte
eo
h
ut ra
♦ with frequent
ss
a short trips c
ce
e
nl
♦ operation in areas with high levels of dust

pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ with frequent trips carrying a full load or pulling a trailer
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ with a high number of cold starts

wit
, is n
h re
♦ and when the vehicle is used for a long time in areas with ex‐
hole
spec
tremely low temperatures,

es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ the engine oil should be changed more often than indicated in

the service schedule.
Stopping and starting, such as in urban traffic, also puts vehicles
rrectness of i
with diesel particulate filter under greater stress (severe operating

l purpos
conditions). Use, in these conditions is an additional load on the

engine oil which is taken into account by the flexible service in‐
terval system.
nf
ercia
or

m
m
atio
m
♦ Used oil collection and extraction unit - VAS 6622A-

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
For engines with standing oil filter the oil filter must be renewed
l purpos
before changing the engine oil ⇒ page 99 . When the filter

element is removed, a valve is opened. The oil in filter housing
automatically flows into crankcase.
nform
mercia
at
om
io
– Extract engine oil using used oil collection and extraction unit
n
c
in t
or
- VAS 6622A- .
his
ate
do
riv
Or
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Crafter 2006 ➤ agen oes
olksw not
V
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 d by gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
– Remove oil drain plug -arrow-. ss au ra
c
ce
e
– Let engine oil drain.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ If the engine oil is drained and not extracted with the used oil hole
spec
collection and extraction unit, replace drain plug seal. This
es, in part or in w
prevents leaks.
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Screw in oil drain plug together with seal hand-tight and then
tighten to specified torque.
l purpos
Specified torque: 30 Nm
nform
ercia
– Replenishing engine oil.

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
Note
or
his
ate
do
riv
Note VW engine oil specifications ⇒ page 95

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
After changing engine oil and oil filter, check following after first Cop py
t. rig
engine start: gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ The engine must run only at idling speed as long as the oil
pressure warning lamp lights up in the dash panel. Do not rev
up! If the engine is revved up the turbocharger can be dam‐
aged or fail completely.
♦ The full oil pressure is attained when the warning lamp has
gone out, then the engine can be revved up.
Note
Remember that the following specified torques must not be ex‐

ceeded. Excessive torque can cause leaks in the area of the oil
drain plug or even damage.
Specified torques for oil drain plug:

♦ Engine codes BJJ, BJK, BJL, BJM, CEBA, CEBB, CECA,
CECB: CKTB, CKTC, CKUB, CKUC: 30 Nm
Because of the positive oil properties ( ⇒ page 98 ) only use the
following approved engine oils.
4.24.1 Oil properties

Multi-grade oils conforming to VW standards are oils with the fol‐
lowing properties:
♦ All-year-round use in mild climates
♦ Excellent cleansing abilities
♦ Reliable lubricating abilities during all engine temperature and
load conditions
♦ High resistance to aging
Crafter 2006 ➤
High-lubricity multi-grade oil conforming to VW standards have

the following additional properties:
♦ All year round use at practically all ambient temperatures
♦ Low frictional loss in the engine
♦ Best possible cold starting abilities even at very low tempera‐
tures.
Note
♦ Single grade oils are not suitable for all-year-round use be‐
cause of the single viscosity range. Therefore these oils
should only be used in extreme climatic zones.
♦ When using e.g. SAE 5 W-30 multi grade oils, high engine
speeds and continually heavy loading must be avoided. This
restriction is not valid for high-lubricity multi-grade oils.
4.24.2 Renewing oil filter

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
♦ Oil filter tool - V.A.G 3417- hor eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
Or
ss o
♦ Oil filter tool (commercially available), e.g. Hazet 2195

cial p
f inform
Or
mer
atio
m
♦ 3380/18 Oil filter wrench

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
♦ Replacing oil filter, engines with engine codes: BJJ, BJK, BJL,
te
sd
a
BJM ,CEBA, CEBB, CECA, CECB ⇒ page 100

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
♦ Replacing oil filter, engines with engine codes: CKTB, CKTC,

en
ng
t.
yi
CKUB, CKUC ⇒ page 100
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Replacing oil filter, engines with engine codes: BJJ, BJK, BJL,
BJM ,CEBA, CEBB, CECA, CECB
Location:
The oil filter is located on the right side of the cylinder block.
– Cover engine compartment in vicinity of oil filter housing with
a cloth.
– Unscrew threaded cap of oil filter -arrow- using oil filter tool -
V.A.G 3417- and remove oil filter.
Note
♦ Ensure that there are no foreign bodies in the filter housing.

Do not wipe out the filter housing.
– Clean sealing surfaces on threaded cap and oil filter housing.
– Renew oil filter element -4- and new O-rings -2- and -3-. olkswagen AG
en AG. V ag does
ksw not
– Screw in threaded cover -1- hand-tight and y Vthen tighten firmly
ol gu
db ara
to prescribed torque. rise nte
tho eo
Specified torque: 25 Nm s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
Replacing oil filter, engines with engine codes: CKTB, CKTC,
an
d
itte
y li
CKUB, CKUC
rm
ab
pe
ility
Location:
ot
wit
, is n
h re
The oil filter is located on the left side of the cylinder block.
hole
spec
Perform the following procedure:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing

and installing air filter .
rrectness of i
– Cover engine compartment in vicinity of oil filter housing with

a cloth.
l purpos
– Unscrew threaded cap of oil filter -1- using oil filter tool - V.A.G
nform
ercia
3417- and remove oil filter -5-.

m
– Clean sealing surface on threaded cap and oil filter housing.

com
tion in
r
– Renew filter element -5-.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
– Renew O-rings -2-, -3- and -4-.

r
rp
cum
fo
– Screw in threaded cover -1- hand-tight and then tighten firmly

en
ng
t.
yi Co
to prescribed torque. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Specified torque: 25 Nm yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.25 Engine and components in engine com‐

partment (from above and below): Car‐
rying out visual check for leaks and
damage
Perform visual check as follows:

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Check engine and engine compartment for leaks and damage.

– Check lines, hoses and connections of
♦ Fuel system
♦ Cooling and heating system
♦ Steering
♦ And brake system AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
for leaks, abrasions, porosity and brittleness. d byV gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Arrange for defects to be rectified as repair measures.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.26 Breakdown set: Checking
wit
, is n
h re
hole
The breakdown set consists of the compressor and a tyre inflation
spec
bottle with sealant.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ The sealant in the tyre filler bottle has a limited expiry date.
l purpos
♦ Therefore the expiry date is indicated on the bottle -arrow-.
nform
ercia
This example shows that the expiry date 05/2003, the tyre filler
m
at
bottle with sealant must be renewed.
om
ion
c
in t
r
The tyre filler bottle with sealant is available as replacement part.

o
his
e
The part number can be found in ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue

at
do
riv
“ETKA”
p
cum
for
en
g
– Check the expiry date.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Renew tyre sealant if the expiry date has been reached. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Caution
Prote AG.
If the bottle was opened e.g. at a "flat tyre", it must also be

renewed.
Note
♦ Residual tyre sealant or bottles which are filled and the expiry
date has been exceeded, must be disposed of.
♦ Old tyre sealant or residual sealant must not be mixed and
disposed of with other fluids.
Disposing of tyre sealant ⇒ Handbook Service Organisation; En‐

vironment protection and disposal practice; Chapter 3 Funda‐
mentals; Chapter. 6.5 .
4.27 Carrying out a road test

Which of the following can be checked depends on vehicle equip‐
ment and local conditions (urban/country).
Check the following during a road test:
– Engine: Output, misfiring, idling speed, acceleration.

Crafter 2006 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
ise nte
– Clutch: Pulling away, pedal pressure, odours. ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
– Gear selection: Ease of operation, stick position. s
ce
le
un
pt
– Shiftmatic: Selector lever position, shift lock/ignition key re‐
an
d
itte
y li
moval lock, shift behaviour, dash panel insert display.
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Brake gently to clean brake discs: drive approx. 500 m in sec‐
ot
wit
, is n
ond gear at 50 to 60 km/h. After braking gently several times,
h re
brake hard 3 times. It is also possible to allow the brakes to
hole
spec
drag for approx. 4 minutes for each vehicle axle on the single-
es, in part or in w
axle roller dynamometer.
t to the co
– Foot brake and handbrake: Function, free travel and effec‐
tiveness, pulling to one side, juddering, squeal ABS function.
rrectness of i
– Steering: steering wheel centred when vehicle is travelling
straight ahead. l purpos
– Check steering free play, when engine is running but vehicle
nform
ercia
is not moving, by moving the steering wheel to and fro (wheels

in straight-ahead position).
m
a
com
tio
– Radio: Reception, interference
n in
r
te o
thi
– Air conditioning system: If necessary, check function accord‐
s
iva
do
ing to operating instructions.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
– Vehicle: Pulling to one side when travelling straight-ahead

n
t.
yi Co
(level road) Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Imbalance: Wheels, drive shafts, propshaft p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Wheel bearings: Noises Prote AG.
– Engine: Hot starting behaviour
4.28 Wheel securing bolts: Tightening to

specified torque
or if necessary

Crafter 2006 ➤

and if necessary, if anti-theft wheel bolts/wheel nuts are installed:
♦ Adapter set for tamper-proof wheel bolts - T10101 A-
The adapter to loosen and tighten the anti-theft wheel bolts/wheel
nuts is found in the vehicle tool kit, or use the adapter set for wheel
bolts - T10101 A- .
Note
Ensure the wheel bolts/wheel nuts are tightened diagonally and

alternately to the following specified torque:
Specified torque for steel wheels with wheel bolts: 240 Nm.
Specified torque for alloy wheels with wheel bolts: 180 Nm.
Specified torque for wheel nuts: 180 Nm.
WARNING
Whenever wheels are mounted, wheel bolts or nuts must be

tightened a second time.
. Volkswag
Wheel bolts or nuts must be retightened
ksw
agen after approx.
AG en AG
50
doekm.
sn ol ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
For “Delivery inspection” do not hang a label on interior mirror,

y li
erm
ab
because the wheels have already been tightened to prescribed

ility
ot p
torque at the factory. The wheels must only be tightened to the

wit
is n
prescribed torque setting for “Delivery inspection”.

h re
ole,
spec
4.29 Radio navigation system: Inserting nav‐

t to the co
igation CD/DVD and carrying out update

rrectne
If no CD/DVD is inserted in the CD/DVD slot, the following might

appear: “Please insert the navigation CD/DVD”.
ss
In this case, insert the navigation CD/DVD according to ⇒ Oper‐

o
cial p
ating instructions .
inform
mer
atio
om
Note
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
When the navigation CD is inserted the first time, the radio navi‐
iv
o
pr
gation system performs an update, which can take up to 5 mi‐

um
r
fo
nutes. During this process the radio-navigation system must not

en
ng
t.
yi
be switched off and the ignition key never be removed, otherwise
Co
Cop py
the radio-navigation system switches off and the update will be ht. rig
rig ht
interrupted!
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.30 Windscreen wash/wipe system and

headlight washer system: Checking
function and settings
♦ Checking anti-freeze concentration of window wash/wipe sys‐
tem, replenishing with fluid if necessary ⇒ page 104
♦ Mixture ratio ⇒ page 105

Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Window wash/wipe system: Check spray jet settings and ad‐

just if necessary ⇒ page 104 .
♦ Headlight washer system: Check function and adjustment
⇒ page 106
♦ Specification for window wash/wipe system fluid
⇒ page 106
4.30.1 Window wash/wipe system: Checking

spray jet settings and adjusting if nec‐
essary
♦ Adjusting tool - T40187- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ The spray jets may be cleaned in both directions, also opposite

to direction of spray with compressed air or water.
nf
ercia
♦ Never use a needle or similar object, as otherwise the water

orm
channel in the spray jet can be damaged.

m
atio
om
n in
or c
Windscreen spray jet settings:

thi
te
sd
iva
The washer jets are preset. However, small height differences

o
r
rp
cu
can be compensated for.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Rear window spray jet setting: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Adjust spray jet using adjusting tool - T40187- so that the water p by
o Vo
by c
jets spray onto rear window at positions shown.
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Mark the points at which water strikes the window with a water-
soluble pin.
♦ Dimension a = approx. 20 mm -point A-; measured from upper

edge of wiper blade
♦ Dimension b = approx. 30 mm -point B-; at a slight angle to
the wiper blade
4.30.2 Checking anti-freeze concentration of

window wash/wipe system, replenishing
with fluid if necessary
Checking anti-freeze concentration:

Crafter 2006 ➤

♦ Refractometer - T10007 A-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Read precise value for the following tests at light-dark border.
t to the co
Using a pipette, place a drop of water on the glass to improve the
readability of the light-dark border. The bright/dark boundary can
be clearly recognised on the “WATERLINE”.
rrectness of i
– Check concentration of anti-freeze additive using refractome‐
l purpos
ter - T10007 A- (refer to operating instructions).

The scale -1- of the refractometer is calibrated for Genuine Volks‐
nform
ercia
wagen Windscreen Clear “G 052 164”.

m
a
The scale -2- is designed for commercially available windscreen
com
tion in
cleanser as well as a mixture of commercially available wind‐

r
te o
screen cleanser and -G 052 164- .

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.30.3 Mixture ratio

Frost protection to Windscreen Clear Water
G 052 164
-17/-18 ℃ 1 part 3 parts
-22/-23 ℃ 1 part 2 parts
-37/-38 °C 1 part 1 part
Replenishing fluid:
The washer fluid reservoir must be filled completely.
With immediate effect, use only “Genuine Volkswagen Wind‐
screen Clear G 052 164” all-year-round when replenishing win‐
dow wash/wipe system.
Note
Genuine Volkswagen Windscreen Clear is available in following

container sizes: 1 litre PE bottle G 052 164 A2, 55 litre metal barrel
G 052 164 A6, 195 litre metal barrel G 052 164 A9.
The washer fluid reservoir must be filled completely. If fluid must

be replenished, always add Windscreen Clear G 052 164 to the
water.

lkswage es n
o ot g
Crafter 2006 ➤ byV ua
d ran
ir se
tho tee
or
au ac
ss
4.30.4 Specification for window wash/wipe sys‐
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
tem fluid
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
Only Windscreen Clear - G 052 164- must be replenished or top‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ped-up.
4.30.5 Headlight washer system: Checking
rrectness of i
function and adjusting
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
t
♦ If the spray field is uneven due to soiling in the spray jet, re‐
ion in
move spray jet, ⇒ Windscreen wiper and washer system; Rep.
r
te o
thi
gr. 92 and rinse with water opposite to direction of spray.
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
♦ Then it is permitted to blow out opposite to direction of spray
um
fo
with compressed air.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Caution
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Never use items to clean the spray jets!

♦ Never use a needle or a similar object to adjust the spray
jets, otherwise the water passages in the spray jet will be
damaged!

♦ Adjusting tool - T10167-
Jet adjustment dimensions for the right-hand headlight (left-hand

mirror image).
Checking jet setting
– Switch dipped beam on.
– Operate windscreen washer system.
The spray jets are extended.
The headlights are washed if the windscreen wiper lever is hold
in "wipe position" for at least 1.5 seconds.

Crafter 2006 ➤
The spray jet of headlight washer jets should spray to centre of

headlights, see -arrows-.
Adjusting jets
– Remove the cover cap with washer jet assembly and headlight
washer jet “CAREFULLY” in -direction of arrow- from basic
setting onto stop, and hold it.
– Align the spray direction of the respective spray jet centrallyAG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
-arrows- on the headlight area using adjusting toolV-olT10167-
ksw . oes
not
y gu
db ara
When releasing, the cover cap with washer jetoassembly
ris
e and nte
eo
headlight washer jet moves back to the basic
au
thsetting.
ra
ss c
– Switch dipped beam on.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Operate window wash/wipe system and check spray jet set‐

itte
y li
rm
ting, as described above.
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.31 Wiper blades: Checking park position
rrectness of i
Wiper blades: Check park position ⇒ page 107

l purpos
Wiper blades/arms: Check park position, adjust if necessary

⇒ page 108
nform
ercia
Rear window wiper blades: Check park position ⇒ page 108

m
Adjusting rear window wiper blade/arm ⇒ page 109

com
tion in
r
4.31.1 Wiper blades: Checking park position

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Note
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
For RHD vehicles the wiper blades are aligned as a mirror image.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Switch window wiper on and off and let it move into park po‐
sition.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Crafter 2006 ➤ tho tee
or
u
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Check that the distance from the wiper blade ends to windscreen
an
itte
y li
frame is as follows.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Windscreen
wit
, is n
h re
Distance -a- between wiper blade and windscreen frame must be
hole
65 mm.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Distance -b- between wiper blade and windscreen frame must be
70 mm.
– Adjust park position by moving wiper arm if necessary
rrectness of i
⇒ page 108 .
l purpos
sition.
nform
ercia
– Switch off ignition.

m
at
om
ion
4.31.2 Wiper blades/arms: Checking park po‐
c
in t
or
his
e
sition, adjusting if necessary

at
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331- C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen securing nut -arrow- without removing it entirely.
– Fold up wiper arm and release arm from cone by moving arm
from side to side.
– Position arm at prescribed position ⇒ page 107 .
– Tighten wiper arm nuts hand-tight and then tighten firmly to
prescribed torque.
Specified torque: 30 ± 2 Nm
sition.
– Check park position again and readjust as necessary.
4.31.3 Rear window wiper blades: Checking

park position
– Switch rear window wiper on and off and let it move into park
position.

Crafter 2006 ➤

Check that the distance from the wiper blade ends to edge of
window is as follows.
Distance -a- between wiper blade and edge of window must be
40 mm.
– Adjust wiper arms if necessary ⇒ page 109
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
4.31.4 Adjusting rear window wiper blade/arm
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
– Fold wiper arm cover cap up in direction of -arrow-.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Unclip washer system hose connection -1- from wiper arm

shaft.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Loosen securing nut -arrow- without removing it entirely.

– Fold up wiper arm and release arm from cone by moving arm
from side to side.
– Position arm at prescribed position ⇒ page 108 .
– Tighten wiper arm nuts hand-tight and then tighten firmly to
prescribed torque.
Specified torque 12 Nm.
– Clip washer system hose connection -1- onto wiper arm shaft.
– Fold wiper arm cover cap back.
– Check park position again and readjust asn Anecessary
G. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ page 108 wage oes
olks not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
4.32 Headlight adjustment: Checking, adjust‐
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ing if necessary
Adjusting halogen headlights ⇒ page 112 t to the co
rrectness of i
Adjusting fog lights ⇒ page 112
l purpos
Test prerequisites ⇒ page 110

Checking headlight adjustment (using new test screen without
nform
ercia
15° setting line) ⇒ page 111

m
4.32.1 Test prerequisites

a
com
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5046-

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Or
♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5047-
Test and adjustment conditions
♦ Tyre pressure OK
♦ Lenses must not be damaged or dirty.

Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Reflectors and bulbs OK

♦ Vehicle must be loaded.
Loading: with one person or 75 kg on the driver seat and the ve‐
hicle otherwise unloaded (unladen weight).
The unladen weight is the weight of vehicle ready for operation
with a full fuel tank (at least 90 %) including weight of all equip‐
ment normally carried (e.g. spare wheel, tools, jack, fire extin‐
guisher etc.).
The vehicle must be rolled forward or backward several metres
or front and rear springs must be bounced fully several times so
that springs settle.
♦ Vehicle and headlight adjuster must be on a level surface ⇒
Operating instructions of headlight adjustment unit - VAS
5046- or ⇒ Operating instructions of headlight adjustment unit
- VAS 5047-
♦ Vehicle and headlight adjustment unit must be aligned.
♦ Inclination must be set.
Inclination information in “%” is embossed on upper headlight
housing. Headlights must be adjusted according to this informa‐
tion. Percentage given is based on a projection distance of 10
metres. For example: inclination of 1.0% converts to approx.
10 cm.
Vehicles with manually regulated headlight range control
♦ The headlight range control thumb wheel must be in basic
setting -0-.
4.32.2 Checking headlight adjustment (using

new test screen without 15° setting line)
Headlights
Check the following:
wage es n
♦ Whether, with the dipped yV
o beam switched on, the horizontal
lks ot g
ua
bright/dark boundaryir se
d contacts the dividing line -1- of the
b test
ran
area and utho tee
or
s a ac
♦ Whether the breaking point -2- between the horizontal part of
s
ce
le
the bright/dark boundary on the left and the rising part on the
un
pt
an
d
right lies on the vertical line of the central point -3-.

itte
y li
rm
ab
The bright core of the light beam must be to the right of the vertical
pe
ility
line.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
111
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
♦ To simplify the determination of the breaking point -2-, cover

and uncover left (from driver perspective) half of the headlight
a few times. Then check dipped beam again.
♦ After correct adjustment of dipped beams, the centre point of
the main beam must lie on the centre mark -3-.
♦ For the previous test screen with 15° setting line, adjust as for
new test screen. To avoid incorrect settings, ignore the 15 °
setting line.
Fog lights
– Check whether the upper light-dark border touches the setting
line and runs horizontally over the entire width of the test
screen.
Other additional lights:
Additionally retrofitted lights of other systems must be checked
and set according to valid guidelines.
4.32.3 Adjusting halogen headlights agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
Left headlight d by ara
rise nte
o eo
– Now check headlight setting and adjust if necessary.
auth
ra
ss c
The adjustment screws are located on the back of the headlight.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
The adjustment screws for the right headlight are a mirror image.
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
♦ Height adjustment bolt -2-
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Height/lateral adjustment bolt -1-
h re
hole
spec
– For height adjustment, turn adjustment screws -1- and -2- with
es, in part or in w
same number of turns.

t to the co
– For lateral adjustment turn only adjustment bolt -1-. rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
4.32.4 Fog lights: Adjusting

n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Fog light on left in bumper

do
r
rp
cum
fo
Location of adjustment screw on right fog light is a mirror image.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Inclination: C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Fog lights 20 cm
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Use a Torx socket “T20” on adjustment screw

wage
n AG. V-arrow-
olkswagentoAG
adjust
does
the headlight range. y Volks not
gu b ara
ed
A lateral adjustment is not possible.
ho
ris nte
e
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.33 Service interval display: Resetting
rrectness of i
Resetting service interval display using VAS vehicle diagnostic
l purpos
tester software ⇒ page 113

Resetting service interval display using ODIS vehicle diagnostic
nform
ercia
tester software ⇒ page 114

m
Resetting service interval display without vehicle diagnostic tester
at
om
io
⇒ page 115
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
The service interval display must be reset (adapted) for:

p
cum
for
en
ng
♦ Delivery inspection
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
♦ Every oil change service (fixed/flexible)
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
♦ Every interval service (fixed/flexible ► 2013)
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Every inspection (2014 ►)
Note
♦ Observe the current operating instructions for the vehicle di‐

agnosis system that are shown on the display when the Ad‐
ministration and Operating Manual functions are selected.
♦ The procedure for resetting the service interval display without
the vehicle diagnostic tester is described in the Owner’s Man‐
ual in the vehicle wallet.
♦ It is also possible to reset the service interval display manually.
However, bear in mind that the service interval display of ve‐
hicles with flexible-interval coding will be coded to fixed inter‐
vals. This also modifies the adaptation channel for oil quality.
4.33.1 Resetting service interval display using

VAS vehicle diagnostic tester software
Note
If the information indicated in the working procedure is not shown

on the display ⇒ Operating instructions for vehicle diagnostic test‐
er
VAS service
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Select the »Guided functions« field on the screen and carry out vehicle identification.

Crafter 2006 ➤
VAS service
– Select one after another:
♦ Brand
♦ Type
♦ Model year
♦ Version
♦ Engine code
– Confirm vehicle identification.

– If vehicle identification has been carried out correctly, confirm with the > button.
♦ “Dash panel insert.”
♦ “Resetting the service interval display” AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Carry out adaptation according to the information
ed b given in “Guided functions”. ara
nte
ris
o
– Select the »GoTo« function on the display
aut and then select »End«.
h eo
ra
s c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
After the ignition is switched on, the type of service is no longer
ot p
displayed in the distance display in the dash panel insert.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
4.33.2 Resetting service interval display using
spec
es, in part or in w
ODIS vehicle diagnostic tester software
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ It is not necessary to log in in order to enter or call up vehicle

data.
nform
ercia
♦ If the options indicated in the working procedure are not shown

on the display ⇒ Operating instructions for vehicle diagnostic
m
at
om
i
tester
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
ODIS service
do
priv
cum
or
– Establish a connection to the vehicle and switch on the ignition.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Select »Start diagnosis« on the display. Cop py
ht. rig
ht
– Identify »Basic characteristics of vehicle«.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
– Deactivate »Work with guided fault finding« and confirm with »Accept«. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Select control unit, dash panel insert and select »Guided functions« with right mouse click.
– Select the respective service which is to be reset.
– Carry out adaptation according to the instructions in Guided functions.

Crafter
AG. Volkswagen A 2006 ➤
agen G do
olksw Maintenance - Edition es n
12.2014
o t gu
yV
edb ara
ris nte
4.33.3 Resetting service interval display with‐ tho eo
au ra
s c
out vehicle diagnostic tester s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Resetting oil change service interval:
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
Function button on dash panel insert:
, is n
h re
hole
– With ignition switched off, press and hold button -1-.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Wait until “Reset oil change service?” appears on the display.
rrectness of i
– Release button -1-.
l purpos
The service interval display is now in the resetting mode.
– Briefly press button -1- once.
nform
ercia
After a short time the display switches back to the original display.
m
a
com
tion in
Resetting inspection service interval:
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
With function button on dash panel insert:
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– With ignition switched off, press and hold button -1-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Switch on ignition. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Wait until “Reset inspection service?” appears on the display.
– Release button -1-.
The service interval display is now in the resetting mode.
– Briefly press button -1- once.
After a short time the display switches back to the original display.
4.34 Service interval display: Adapting

– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Select the »Guided functions« field on the screen and carry
out vehicle identification.
♦ Brand
♦ Type
♦ Model year
♦ Version
♦ Engine code
– If vehicle identification has been carried out correctly, confirm
with the > button.
♦ “Dash panel insert.”
♦ “Adapting service interval extension”

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Carry out adaptation according to the information given in

“Guided functions”.
Ending adaption
– Select the »GoTo« function on the display and then select
»End«.
After the ignition is switched on again, the type of service is no
longer displayed in the distance display in the dash panel insert.
4.35 Steering, track rod end and steering link‐

age bellows: Checking play and security
Check steering linkage and track rod ends ⇒ page 116
Check steering play ⇒ page 116
4.35.1 Checking steering play

– Start engine and bring front wheels to straight-ahead position.
– Turn steering wheel alternately to left and to right.
n AG. Volkswagen A
– The front wheels should move at a steering
ksw wheel rotation of
age G do
es n
no more than 30 mm -a-. y Vol ot g
ua
db r e an
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.35.2 Checking steering linkage and track rod

rrectness of i
ends
l purpos
– Check track rods -1- and bellows -2- for damage and correct
mounting.
nform
ercia
– Check that track rod end bellows -1- are not damaged and are
m
at
seated correctly.
om
ion
c
in t
r
– With vehicle raised (wheels hanging free), check clearance by

o
his
te
moving track rods and wheels. Play: Zero.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.36 Swivel joints and axle mountings: Car‐

rying out visual check
⇒ “4.36.1 Front swivel joints and axle mountings”, page 117
⇒ “4.36.2 Rear rubber bush for leaf spring”, page 118 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
⇒ “4.36.3 Front swivel joints and axle mountings, 4MOTION ed bywith
V gu
ara
Achleitner four-wheel drive”, page 119 horis nte
eo
aut ra
⇒ “4.36.4 Front coupling rod mountings and anti-roll
s bar rubber
s c
mountings, 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive”,
ce
le
un
pt
page 121
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
⇒ “4.36.5 Rubber mountings of rear leaf spring, 4MOTION with
pe
ility
Achleitner four-wheel drive”, page 121
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.36.6 Rear coupling rod mountings and anti-roll bar rubber hole
mountings, 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive”,
spec
page 122
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.36.1 Front swivel joints and axle mountings
rrectness of i
Carry out the following jobs:
l purpos
– Check boots -arrow- of upper swivel joints for leaks and dam‐
age.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check front axle mountings for large cracks, perforating
cracks or cuts in rubber material -arrows-.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Check rear axle mountings for large cracks, perforating cracks

or cuts in rubber material -arrows-.
– Check axle mountings also for following damage:
♦ Complete separation of rubber and metal parts.
♦ Large play between mounting and suspension link, which has AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
a considerably negative effect on the function of the mounting. byV
ol not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Note ss c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Superficial cracks and cuts as well as minor separations of the
an
d
itte
y li
rubber element from the metal part do not significantly affect
rm
ab
the operation of the elasto-kinematic mounting and do not
pe
ility
ot
constitute a basis for a complaint.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Damage to the thin rubber skin over cavities due to construc‐ hole
spec
tion is also permissible.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Play between mounting and axle suspension link is permissi‐
ble as long as there is no negative effect on the function of the
mounting.
rrectness of i
l purpos
4.36.2 Rear rubber bush for leaf spring
nform
ercia

m
a
– Check rear rubber bushes for large cracks, perforating cracks
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Check rubber bushes also for following damage:
♦ Complete separation of rubber and metal parts.
♦ Large play between mounting and suspension link, which has
a considerably negative effect on the function of the mounting.
Note

♦ Damage to the thin rubber skin over cavities due to construc‐
mounting.

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.36.3 Front swivel joints and axle mountings,

4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel
drive
Note
♦ The axial clearance of the swivel joints cannot be checked (not

required).
♦ During repair work the boots must be checked for leaks and
proper condition to prevent the swivel joint from being dam‐
aged permanently as a result of corrosion.

– Check boots -arrow- of swivel joints at bottom for leaks and
damage.
– Check boots -arrow- of swivel joints on top for leaks and dam‐
age.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Check front axle mountings at bottom for large cracks, perfo‐

wit
is n
rating cracks or cuts in rubber material -arrows-.

h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
119
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Check rear axle mountings at bottom for large cracks, perfo‐

rating cracks or cuts in rubber material -arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Check front axle mountings on top for large cracks, perforating by V ol not
gu
cracks or cuts in rubber material -arrows-. rised ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check rear axle mountings on both sides on top for large
rrectness of i
cracks, perforating cracks or cuts in rubber material -arrow-.
l purpos
– Check axle mountings also for following damage:

♦ Complete separation of rubber element from metal part.
nf
ercia
orm
♦ Large play between bearing and axle component which has a
m
atio
m
considerably negative effect on the operation of the bearing.

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Note
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
mounting.

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.36.4 Front coupling rod mountings and anti-

roll bar rubber mountings, 4MOTION
with Achleitner four-wheel drive
– Check rubber mounting -arrow A- of coupling rod for damage.
– Check boots -arrow B- of coupling rod mountings for leaks and
damage.
– Check rubber mounting -arrows- of anti-roll bar. Vfor

gen AG
olksdamage.
wagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– In addition, check coupling rod dmountings
by
V and anti-roll bar gu
ara
rubber mountings for the following
orise damage: nte
eo
h
ut ra
♦ Complete separation of srubber
sa element from metal part. c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
is n
h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
constitute a basis for a complaint. rrectne
ss

o
cial p

inform
mounting.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
4.36.5 Rubber mountings of rear leaf spring,

thi
te
sd
va
4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
drive
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
or cuts in rubber material -arrows-. Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤

– Check rubber bushes also for following damage:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
Note ised ara
nte
o r eo
h
ut ra
Superficial cracks and cuts as well as minor separations of the
a
♦ ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
mounting.
rrectness of i
4.36.6 Rear coupling rod mountings and anti-
l purpos
roll bar rubber mountings, 4MOTION

with Achleitner four-wheel drive
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
– Check rubber mounting -arrow A- of coupling rod for damage.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Check boots -arrow B- of coupling rod mountings for leaks and

at
do
riv
damage.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Check rubber mounting -arrows- of anti-roll bar for damage.

– In addition, check coupling rod mountings and anti-roll bar
rubber mountings for the following damage:
Note
Volkswa
♦ Superficial cracks and cuts as well as minor
swaseparations of the does
gen AG
. gen AG
rubber element from the metal part do y Vnot significantly affect
olk not
gu
the operation of the elasto-kinematic db
ise mounting and do not
ara
r nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
mounting.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
4.37 Power assisted steering: Checking oil/
es, in part or in w
t to the co
fluid level
♦ Oil at operating temperature (from approx. 50 °C)
rrectness of i
⇒ page 124
l purpos
♦ Fluid cold ⇒ page 123

♦ Power steering oil specification ⇒ page 125
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
– Remove sealing cap from fluid reservoir.

in t
or
his
te
– Check sealing cap for damage and renew if necessary.

a
do
priv
cum
or
– Push the dipstick all the way into the fluid reservoir, pull it out
f
en
ng
again and read off the fluid level.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– The fluid reservoir is correctly filled when the oil level is be‐ py
rig by
ht
tween -A- min. and -B- max. mark (depending on oil temper‐ co Vo
by lksw
ature).
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If necessary replenish hydraulic oil - G 009 300- .

– Refit and tighten sealing cap.
Note
♦ If oil level is above max. marking, the excessive oil must be

extracted.
♦ If oil level is below min. marking, the hydraulic system must be
checked for leaks (repair measure). It is not sufficient merely
to top up with oil.
4.37.1 Oil in cold condition:

♦ Engine switched off
♦ Front wheels in straight-ahead position

Crafter 2006 ➤
Caution

compartment.
– Remove cap with built-in dipstick from reservoir.

– Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth.
– Screw cap in hand-tight and unscrew again.
Note
The cap must be fully screwed on in order to obtain an accurate

oil level.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Check oil level: The boily Vreservoir is correctly filled when
ol not
guits fill
level is between the
ris min. and max. marks (depending on fluid
ed ara
nte
temperature). uth o eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Note
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ If the fluid level is above the area specified, the excessive fluid
ility
ot p
must be extracted.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ If fluid level is below specified area, hydraulic system must be

hole
spec
checked for leaks (repair measure). It is not sufficient merely

es, in part or in w
to top up with oil.

t to the co
♦ If the hydraulic system is not leaking, top up with oil.

rrectness of i
– Screw cap on hand tight.

l purpos
4.37.2 Oil at operating temperature (from ap‐

prox. 50 ℃)
nform
mercia

at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
Caution
at
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
compartment.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Spilled liquids may cause damage to the paintwork and to rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Switch off engine and bring front wheels to straight-ahead po‐

sition.
– Remove sealing cap with built-in dipstick.
– Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth.
– Screw cap in hand-tight and unscrew again.

Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
The cap must be fully screwed on in order to obtain an accurate

oil level.
– Check oil level: The oil reservoir is correctly filled when its fill
level is between the min. and max. marks (depending on fluid
temperature).
Note
♦ If oil level is above max. marking, the excessive

en AG. V
oil
olkswagmust
en AG be
extracted. ksw
ag does
not
y Vol gu
b ara
♦ If oil level is below min. marking,
rise
d
the hydraulic system must be nte
checked for leaks (repair ut measure). It is not sufficient merely
ho eo
ra
to top up with oil. If the hydraulic system is not leaking, top up
s a c
s
with hydraulic oil - G 009 300- .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Screw sealing cap in hand-tight.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
4.37.3 Power steering oil specification
wit
, is n
h re
hole
The power steering oil specification can be found in ⇒ ETKA
spec
(Electronic Parts Catalogue) .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
♦ Vehicles can be filled with different coloured power steer‐
l purpos
ing oil. However, it is permitted to replenish or top-up the

available hydraulic oil - G 009 300- .
nform
ercia
♦ The power steering oil must not be mixed with other power
steering oils.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
4.38 Paint: Carrying out visual check for dam‐

s
iva
do
r
rp
age and corrosion, interior and exterior

um
fo
en
ng
when doors and bonnet/rear lid/flaps are

t.
yi Co
Cop py
open
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Perform visual paint check for damage and corrosion, interior cted agen
Prote AG.
and exterior when doors and bonnet/rear lid/flaps are open
If damage is determined during visual check, make entries in the
service schedule:
– Tick “Repair recommendation” on page “Proof of service” in
– Additionally describe exactly what part of vehicle is affected or
damaged etc. in field “Notes” below “Workshop comments” in
Note
♦ Inform the customer when faults are found during visual check
and repair measures are necessary.
♦ Faults found must always be rectified (repair measure). There‐
fore, further damage and corrosion and rusting through can be
avoided.

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.39 Rear end door hinges: Lubricating

– Clean dirt from door hinges -1- with a lint-free cloth.
– Lubricate door hinges -1- at marked points -arrows- using solid
lubricant paste - G 000 150-
wag.e
es ks not
Vol g
The solid lubricant paste d b - G 000 150- is available as a replace‐
y ua
ran
se
ment part. The solidthorilubricant paste - G 000 150- can be found tein
eo
⇒ Electronic Parts
s au Catalogue “ETKA” . ra
c
s
ce
le
If damage is determined during visual check, make entries in the

un
pt
service schedule:
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Put a cross in “Repair recommendation” field on “Service re‐
pe
ility
cord” page in service schedule.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Additionally describe exactly what part of vehicle is affected
hole
spec
and/or damaged etc. in “Notes” field below “Workshop com‐
es, in part or in w
ments” in service schedule.
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ Inform the customer when faults are found during check and
l purpos
repair measures are necessary.
nform
ercia
♦ Faults found must always be rectified (repair measure). There‐

fore, further damage and corrosion and rusting through can be
m
a
avoided.
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
4.40 Front axle differential, transfer box and

do
r
rp
cum
fo
rear axle differential

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
⇒ “4.40.1 Gear oil level on Crafter with rear-wheel drive: check”, t. C rig
gh ht
page 127 yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
⇒ “4.40.2 Gear oil level on Crafter with rear-wheel drive: change
agen
Prote AG.
oil”, page 128
⇒ “4.40.3 Front axle differential on Crafter 4MOTION with Achleit‐
ner four-wheel drive: check oil level”, page 128
⇒ “4.40.4 Front axle differential on Crafter 4MOTION with Achleit‐
ner four-wheel drive: change oil”, page 129
⇒ “4.40.5 Transfer box on Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-
wheel drive: check oil level”, page 130
⇒ “4.40.6 Transfer box on Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-
wheel drive: change oil”, page 131
⇒ “4.40.7 Rear axle differential on Crafter 4MOTION with Achleit‐
ner four-wheel drive: check oil level”, page 132
⇒ “4.40.8 Rear axle differential on Crafter 4MOTION with Achleit‐
ner four-wheel drive: change oil”, page 133
⇒ “4.40.9 Front axle differential, transfer box and rear axle differ‐
ential on Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive: vis‐
ual inspection”, page 134
⇒ “4.40.10 Gear oil specifications for Crafter 4MOTION with
Achleitner four-wheel drive”, page 134

Crafter 2006 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
V gu
d by ara
♦ Torqueorangle
ise wrench - V.A.G 1756 A- nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ ATF filling system - V.A.G 1924-

l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Hand brush (commercially available)
4.40.1 Gear oil level on Crafter with rear-wheel

drive: check

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Clean area around oil filler cap -1- with, for example, a com‐
mercially available hand brush or a lint-free cloth.
– Lever out oil filler cap -1- using a screwdriver.
The oil level is correct when oil is filled up to the lower edge of the
filler hole.
Note
Inform customer if fluid loss is greater than can be expected

through normal use, determine cause and rectify when authorised
by customer.
Top up gear oil if necessary.

Gear oil ⇒ ETKA (Electronic Parts Catalogue)
– Push in oil filler cap.
4.40.2 Gear oil level on Crafter with rear-wheel

drive: change oil
– Clean area around oil filler cap -1- with, for example, a com‐
mercially available hand brush or a lint-free cloth.
– Lever out oil filler cap -1- using a screwdriver.
– Unscrew drain plug -2-.
– Collect oil using used oil collection and extraction unit - VAS
6622A- . gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw n
– Screw in oil draindb
yplug
Vo -2- by hand, and then tighten
ot g
ituato speci‐
fied torque. orise ran
te
th eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Fill gear oil up to lower edge of oil filler hole -1-.

rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Push in oil filler cap.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Note
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Adhere to gear oil specifications ⇒ ETKA (Electronic Parts

Catalogue) !
rrectness of i
♦ Capacities ⇒ Technical data; Rep. gr. 00 ; Technical data;

l purpos
Capacities
♦ Never overfill gearbox as this can cause leaks.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
4.40.3 Front axle differential on Crafter 4MO‐

s
iva
do
TION with Achleitner four-wheel drive:

r
rp
cum
fo
en
check oil level

ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Carry out the following procedure: opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Clean soiling from area of filler plug -1- with, for example, a
commercially available hand brush or a lint-free cloth.
– Remove filler plug -1-.
– Check if oil level is at lower edge of filler plug drilling.
Note

by customer.
Note
♦ Gear oil specification ⇒ page 134 .

– Screw in oil filler plug -1- by hand, and tighten it to specified

torque.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.40.4 Front axle differential on Crafter 4MO‐
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
change oil
t to the co
Note
rrectne
Drain oil when oil is at operating temperature.
ss o
cial p

inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Clean soiling from area of filler plug -1- and drain plug -2- with,
for example, a commercially available hand brush or a lint-free
cloth.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Remove filler plug -1-. Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
– Remove drain plug -2- and collect oilorwith
ise used oil collection nte
eo
and extraction unit - VAS 6622A- a.uth
ra
ss c
– Clean magnet of drain plug -2-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Screw in oil drain plug by hand, and tighten it to specified tor‐
itte
y li
erm
que.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Note
ole,
spec
Follow operating instructions for torque angle wrench - V.A.G
t to the co
1756 A- !
rrectne
Specified torque: 60 Nm + 90°
– Fill gear oil up to lower edge of oil filler opening.
ss o
cial p
f inform
Note
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Capacity of gearbox (change): 1.9 litres
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Capacity of gearbox (initial filling): 2.1 litres
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Screw in oil filler plug -1- by hand, and tighten it to specified Prote
cted AG.
agen
torque.
4.40.5 Transfer box on Crafter 4MOTION with

Achleitner four-wheel drive: check oil
level

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Clean soiling from area of filler plug -1- with, for example, a
commercially available hand brush or a lint-free cloth.
AG. Volkswagen
– Remove filler plug -1-. lkswagen AG do
es n
Vo ot g
y ua
– Check if oil levelrisis
ed at lower edge of filler plug drilling. ran
b
t ee
tho or
s au ac
s
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
by customer.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Screw in oil filler plug -1- by hand, and tighten it to specified

m
a
torque.
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4.40.6 Transfer box on Crafter 4MOTION with

Achleitner four-wheel drive: change oil
Note

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Clean soiling from area of filler plug -1- and drain plug -2- with,
for example, a commercially available hand brush or a lint-free
cloth.
– Remove filler plug -1-.
– Remove drain plug -2- and collect oil with used oil collection
and extraction unit - VAS 6622A- .
que.
Note


Volkswagen AG
– Screw in oil filler plug -1- with seal by hand, and thenwagtighten
en AG. does
it to specified torque. Volks not
gu
by ara
ed nte
Specified torque: 37 Nm ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.40.7 Rear axle differential on Crafter 4MO‐

rrectness of i

check oil level
l purpos

nform
ercia
– Clean soiling from area around oil filler plug -arrow- on rear
m
axle differential -1- with, for example, a commercially available

com
tion in
hand brush or a lint-free cloth.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Unscrew plug -1-.

– Check if oil level is at lower edge of filler plug drilling.
Note

by customer.
Note

– Screw in plug by hand, and tighten it to specified torque.

4.40.8 Rear axle differential on Crafter 4MO‐

change oil
Note

gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ris
ed
ara
nte
tho eo
– Clean soiling froms aarea
u around oilfiller plug -arrow- on rear ra
c
axle differential -1- with, for example, a commercially available
s
ce
le
hand brush or a lint-free cloth.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Unscrew plug -1-.

– Remove drain plug -2- and collect oil with used oil collection
and extraction unit - VAS 6622A- .
que.
Note

1756 A- !
Specified torque: 60 Nm + 90°

Note


. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Screw in plug -1- by hand, and tightenbyitVotolk specified torque. not
gu
ara
ed nte
Specified torque: 37 Nm oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.40.9 Front axle differential, transfer box and

rrectness of i
rear axle differential on Crafter 4MO‐

l purpos

visual inspection
nform
mercia
– Check front axle differential, transfer box and rear axle differ‐
at
om
io
ential for leaks and damage.

n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Check wiring, hoses and connections of front axle differential,

at
do
riv
transfer box and rear axle differential for leaks, abrasions, po‐
p
cum
or
rosity and brittleness.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
4.40.10 Gear oil specifications for Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-wheel drive Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Viscosity Type of oil
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Front axle differential SAE 80W-90 API GL-5
Transfer box SAE 75W-90 API GL-5
Rear axle differential SAE 75W-90 API GL-5

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.41 Water drain hole in floor area of sliding

door: Checking
Note
2 water drain holes -2- are located in floor area in entrance area
of each sliding door.
Work instructions for right side are described here; these instruc‐
tions are a mirror image of those for the left side.
– Clean dirt from water drain holes -2- with a commercially avail‐
able hand brush or a lint-free cloth.
– Poke through water drain holes -2- e.g. with an appropriate
cable tie -1- and remove dirt.
Note
♦ Paint surface and corrosion protection must not be damaged

when poking through water drains.
♦ Inform the customer when faults are found during check and
repair measures are necessary.
AG. Volkswagen
♦ Faults found must always be rectified
lksw
agen(repair measure).
AG do
There‐
es n
fore, further damage and corrosion
db
yV
o
and rusting through can obe
t gu
ara
avoided. o
ir se nte
e th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
4.42 Undercoating: carrying out visual check

nl
pt
du
an
itte
for damage
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
When performing visual check, observe floor plan, wheel hous‐

wit
, is n
ings and side members.

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
Faults found must always be rectified (repair measure). This in‐

rrectness of i
hibits corrosion and rusting through.

l purpos
4.43 Clock: Setting to correct time

nf
ercia
orm
m
Note
atio
om
n in
or c
♦ For vehicles with factory-fitted digital tachograph the digital

thi
te
sd
tachograph accepts setting the time for the dash panel insert.
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Therefore, it is not necessary to set the clock in the dash panel

o
m
f
en
ng
insert.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
♦ Setting the time for digital tachograph can be found in ⇒ Ta‐
t
gh ht
yri by
chograph operating instructions . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Setting date without steering wheel buttons ⇒ page 136

♦ Setting date with steering wheel buttons ⇒ page 137
♦ Setting clock without steering wheel buttons ⇒ page 136
♦ Setting clock with steering wheel buttons ⇒ page 137

Crafter 2006 ➤ lkswage es n
o ot g
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
Note
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Only use the operating system when the traffic situation allows.
erm
ab
Otherwise you will be distracted and this may cause an accident.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
4.43.1 Setting clock without steering wheel but‐
hole
spec
tons
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Press menu button M -2- until the hour figure, -arrow- on dis‐
rrectness of i
play flashes.
l purpos
– Use menu button + -4- in illustration or - -3- in illustration, to

set the hours.
nform
ercia
– Press reset button 0 on the display -1-.

m
at
om
io
The minute display flashes.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Use menu button + -4- on display or - -3- on display to set

at
do
riv
the minutes.
p
cum
for
en
g
– Press menu button M -2- for longer than 1 second and the
n
t.
yi Co
op
display returns to the standard display. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Note Prote AG.
When the button + or - is pressed for a longer period the figures

change continuously.
4.43.2 Setting date without steering wheel but‐

tons
– Press menu button M -2- until the date display -arrow- on the
display flashes.
– Use menu button + -4- in illustration or - -3- in illustration to
set the day.
The month display flashes.
the month.
The year display flashes.
the year.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Press menu button M -2- for longer than 1 second and the
display returns to the standard display.
Note
If the button + or - is pressed for a longer period, the figures

change continuously.
4.43.3 Setting clock with steering wheel but‐

tons
The figures in the display and the settings in the operating system
can be controlled with the buttons in the steering wheel.
– Press menu button -2- until the menu “Set clock” appears.
– Use menu button + or - -4- in illustration, to select sub-menu
“Time/Date”.
– Press button -1- until “Setting clock: Hours” appears in display.
– Set hour using button -4-.
– Press button -2- to open menu “Set clock” again.
– Use menu button + or - -4- in illustration, to select sub-menu
“Time/Date”.
– Press button -1- until “Setting clock: Minutes” appears in dis‐
play.
– Set minutes using button -4-.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
– Then set the Vclock
olks to “12 or 24” mode using
wa oes the same principle.
not
y gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.43.4 Setting date with steering wheel buttons

rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
♦ The sub-menu “Time/Date” is only accessible when no audio

rm
m
system is installed or an RCD 2001/RCD 4001 is installed.

atio
om
n in
c
♦ When a “RNS 4001” or “RNS 5001” is installed the time can

or
thi
e
only be set via the audio system. Observe separate operating

t
sd
iva
instructions.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
137
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
The figures in the display and the settings in the operating system
can be controlled with the buttons in the steering wheel.
– Press menu button -2- until the menu “Set clock” appears.
– Use menu button + or - -4- on display to select sub-menu
“Time/Date”.
– Press button -1- until “Date, day” appears in display.
– Set day using button -4-.
– Press button -2- to open menu “Set clock” again.
– Use menu button + or - -4- on display to select sub-menu
“Time/Date”.
– Press button -1- until “Date, day” appears on display.
– Set month using button -4-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Press button -1- to change to the years setting. YoubycanV set
ol not
gu
ara
the years with button -4-. rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.44 Tow starting and towing
rrectness of i
l purpos
Attach tow rope or tow bar only to the following eyes:
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
Front towing eye

The front towing eye mounting point in the front bumper is
reached by unclipping the cover using, for example, a small
screwdriver.
– Screw towing eye (located in vehicle tool kit) into mounting
provided onto stop.
– Tighten towing eye using wheel bolt spanner from vehicle tool
kit.
– Attach tow rope or tow bar to towing eye.
Rear towing eye
The rear towing eye is fitted under rear bumper on right.
Note
Not in conjunction with a tow coupling, or underride guard, or rear

step “W75/W79” and not for vehicles with 5.0 t gross vehicle
weight.
Note
♦ Tow-ropes or bars should be attached at above mentioned

points only.
♦ Vehicles with a gross vehicle weight in excess of 4 t are only
allowed to be towed using a tow rod.
♦ The tow-rope should be slightly elastic to reduce the risk of
damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to use ropes only of
synthetic fibre or similarly elastic material. However, it is safer
to use a tow bar.
♦ Avoid excessive towing forces and do not jerk. When towing
on unpaved surfaces, there is alwaysswaagdanger
en AG. V that athe at‐ does
olksw gen AG
tachment points will be overstressed
by Volk and damaged. not
gu
d ara
se
♦ Before trying to start engine
tho by towing, the battery from an‐
ri nte
e or
other vehicle should be sused
au for starting if possible. ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
If the vehicle has to be tow started or towed at any time, the fol‐
an
d
itte
lowing must be noted:

y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Regulations concerning towing must be observed.

ot p
wit
is n
♦ Both drivers must be familiar with special considerations when

h re
ole,
towing. Inexperienced drivers should not attempt to tow start

spec
or tow.
t to the co
♦ When using a tow rope, the driver of the towing vehicle must
engage the clutch very gently when driving off or changing
gear.
rrectne
♦ The driver of the vehicle being towed must ensure that the tow
s
rope is always taut.

s o
cial p
♦ The emergency lights of both vehicles must be switched on

inform
unless local regulations differ.

mer
atio
m
♦ The ignition must be switched on so that the steering wheel is

o
n
c
free and the turn signals, horn and windscreen wiper and
i
or
n thi
e
washer can be used.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
♦ As the brake servo only works when the engine is running,

um
r
fo
considerably more pressure is required on the brake pedal

en
ng
t.
yi Co
when the engine is not running. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
139
by c lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
yV gu
♦ On vehicles with power assisted steering more force is re‐ rised b ara
nte
quired to turn steering wheel when engine is not running.
ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
♦ When there is no lubricant in a manual gearbox, the vehicle
s
ce
le
may only be towed with driving wheels lifted.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
When tow starting vehicles with manual gearbox always note the
rm
ab
following:
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Before tow starting engage 2nd or 3rd gear.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– As soon as engine starts, depress clutch and move gear stick
into neutral to avoid running into the towing vehicle.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ On vehicles with a catalytic converter (only petrol engine) the
nform
ercia
engine must not be started by towing the vehicle over a longer

distance when the catalytic converter is at operating temper‐
m
a
ature, otherwise fuel may pass into the catalytic converter and
com
tio
may burn. This can lead to overheat the catalytic converter.
n in
r
te o
thi
♦ For technical reasons, it is not possible to tow start a vehicle
s
iva
do
with an automatic gearbox.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
When towing or tow starting vehicles with Shiftmatic, note the fol‐ Cop py
lowing: ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Tow starting the engine by pushing or towing the vehicle is

possible.
♦ When towing the vehicle up to 50 km, change gear lever to
neutral (the multi-function display indicates position “N”).
♦ When towing the vehicle more than 50 km or when the gearbox
cannot be operated, the drive shaft to the drive axles must be
removed.
– Turn ignition key in ignition lock to position “2”.

In vehicles with diesel engines, the glow plug warning lamp in the
instrument cluster must have gone out.
– Move gear lever to neutral.
The multi-function display shows position “N”.
Note
♦ When the voltage is too low the clutch will not disconnect and
you cannot operate the gearbox.
♦ If necessary, the battery must be charged or supplied with
current by another battery, to operate the gearbox.
Have someone tow the vehicle.

– When the vehicle is rolling, change to driving position.
The most suitable gear is automatically engaged.
– When the engine is driven by the gearbox, depress accelerator
pedal.
After a few seconds the engine is started.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– With engine running, move gear lever to neutral immediately,

to avoid running into the towing vehicle.
4.45 Switching off electric system (“red

slide”)
– Slide red slide -2- downwards in -direction of arrow- and pull
connector -1- off earth pin.
The slide locking device -3- is active.
Leave the slide in this position.
– Place the connector aside so that it cannot make contact with
the earth pin.
Note
All electrical consumers are disconnected from current circuit.
4.46 Switching on electric system (“red

slide”)
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Push connector -1- onto earth pin -2-olkuntil
swa the locking device does no
ge G
is released. db
y V t gu
ar
e an
ris tee
The connector must lie completely
ut
ho on earth pin -2-. or
a ac
ss ce
e
nl
pt
du
Note
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
All electrical consumers are supplied with current again.

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Perform synchronisation of electric system ⇒ page 142 .

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
4.47 Switching off electric system (“button”)

– Remove ignition key from ignition lock and wait for approx. 20
nf
ercia
seconds.
rm
m
atio
m
– Press button -1- and hold and pull connector -2- off earth pin.
o
n in
or c
– Clamp connector -2- below accelerator pedal so that it cannot

thi
te
sd
a
make contact with earth pin.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Note t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
All electrical consumers are disconnected from current circuit. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.48 Switching on electric system (“button”)

– Insert ignition key in ignition lock.
– Push connector -1- onto earth pin -2- until it noticeably engag‐
es, and the locking device is released.
The connector must lie completely on earth pin -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
d
All electrical consumersrise are supplied with current again. nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
– Perform synchronisation of electric system ⇒ page 142 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
4.49 Synchronisation of electric system
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The following must be initialised/synchronised after switching the
electrical system on again.
rrectness of i
♦ The side windows ⇒ page 68
l purpos
♦ The sliding/tilting glass sunroof ⇒ page 69
4.50 Checking first aid box expiry date

nform
mercia
With immediate effect, the expiry date of the first aid box must be
at
om
io
checked at every inspection service.

n
c
in t
or
his
e
Inform customer if date has been exceeded.

at
do
priv
4.51 Trailer coupling: Checking function, play

um
for
en
ng
t.
and security
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Carry out the following procedure: pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
4.51.1 Checking function
Prote AG.
– Pull out locking knob -1-.

– Lift coupling pin -2- with hand lever -3-.
– The coupling pin must lock itself in position shown.
– Press coupling pin upwards with suitable tool.
– The coupling pin must be released from the detent and must
engage in the lower drilling. If the coupling pin has reached the
lowest position, the automatic lock must be activated.
– The locking knob -1- must lie close to the securing sleeve
-arrow-.
VARIOBLOC trailer coupling

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Pull up locking handle and tilt handle back.
– Turn change plate (shown here with a ball-type coupling)

through 45° to left or right.
– Pull off change plate with ball-type coupling.
– Position protective cap or change plate with coupling at an
angle of 45° and turn to vertical position.
The functional check is completed when the locking handle au‐
tomatically tilts forward and locks into the locking groove.
4.51.2 Checking clearance and wear

♦ Feeler gauges
– With trailer coupling closed press coupling pin upwards with
suitable tool. n AG. Volkswagen AG age does
ksw n
– The permissible max. y V vertical clearance must not be
ol ot gexcee‐
ua
db
ded. Max. permissible
ris
e vertical clearance of coupling pin:
ran2.0
tee
mm au
tho
or
a
ss c
– Measure coupling pin at convex part with a vernier caliper or
ce
le
un
test gauge in longitudinal and cross direction.

pt
an
d
itte
y li
– The measurement must not be less than the minimum dimen‐

rm
ab
pe
sion or it must not be possible to push the test gauge over the
ility
ot
pin. Min. dimension of coupling pin: 36.5 mm in diameter

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
The test gauges are available from the manufacturer of trailer

couplings.
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Press the locked change plate -1- to left or right
nform
ercia
-movement arrow-.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤ lk swage es n
o ot g
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
– Now determine the horizontal clearance
ss
a between the change ac
plate -1- and the base plate -2- using feeler gauges.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Repeat test on the opposite side.
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Now press the change plate -1- upwards -movement arrow-

and check the vertical clearance on the underside, between
nform
ercia
the change plate -1- and the base plate -2-.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Wear details: 1)
Horizontal play max. 1.0 mm
Vertical play max. 0.4 mm
Note 1): This wear information applies to the following plates:
Valid for Order No.: 1)

Base plate 100B01000 100B02000
100B01001 100B02001
Change plate 100C01000 100C02000
100C01001 100C02001
Variobloc complete 100A01000 100A02000
100A01001 100A02001
Note 1) Obtain order number from installation instructions.
4.51.3 Checking mountings

– Check that trailer coupling securing bolts to rear cross member
are tight.
– Check that trailer coupling securing bolts of rear cross member
to frame are tight.
Check closed and secured locking on “VARIOBLOC” after each
locking operation.
The “VARIOBLOC” is only secured correctly:
♦ When the locking handle is locked into the locking groove

Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ When the locking handle lies flush on the change plate

♦ When the locking handle cannot be swung out of the locking
groove without lifting it.
4.52 Trailer coupling: Greasing

♦ Commercial grease gun
– Lubricate trailer coupling, in an open state, using a commer‐
cially available grease gun -arrow-.
– Clean contact surfaces and functional parts of locking system

-arrow- then grease lightly.
Note
Non-observance can affect function!
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
4.53 6-speed manual gearbox 0CB s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Checking gear oil ⇒ page 145
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Changing/draining gear oil ⇒ page 146
pe
ility
ot
wit
4.53.1 Checking gear oil
, is n
h re
hole
Special tools and workshop equipment required spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Checking gear oil . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
Perform the following jobs: py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Unscrew oil filler plug -1- to check gear oil.

Correct oil level: 10 mm from bottom edge of oil filler hole -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Note ise
d b ara
nte
or eo
th
u ra
Use an angled Allen key to measuressoil
a
level. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Top up gear oil if necessary. itte
y li
erm
ab
Gear oil specification ⇒ page 147
ility
ot p
wit
– Screw in oil filler plug -1-.
, is n
h re
hole
Specified torque 34 Nm.
spec
es, in part or in w
General
t to the co
Change oil and filter only after a repair or when an inspection
service is to be performed. There are no other reasons for topping
rrectness of i
up or filling oil ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 .
l purpos
The gear oil is available as replacement part. The part number

can be found in ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .
nf
ercia
orm
4.53.2 Changing/draining gear oil
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Changing/draining gear oil:
Note
Work through the following instructions in succession until the oil

and filter change is completed.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu Crafter 2006 ➤
d b ara
ise nte
thor Maintenance - Edition
eo 12.2014
au ra
ss c
– Remove oil filler plug -1- and oil drain plug -2-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Topping up gear oil:
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Once gear oil has run out, screw oil drain plug -2- back in.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Top up gear oil.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Capacity of gearbox without PTO: 1.9 litres
Capacity of gearbox with PTO: 2.75 litres
rrectness of i
Gear oil specification ⇒ page 147
l purpos
The oil level is correct when the gearbox is filled to 10 mm below

lower edge of oil filler hole -1-.
nform
mercia
Note
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Use an angled Allen key to measure oil level.
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
– Screw in oil filler plug -1-.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Specified torque: 34 Nm t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
4.54 Gearbox, final drive and rear axle: Vis‐
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ual check for leaks and damage
♦ Rear axle gear oil specification ⇒ page 148
♦ Manual gearbox oil specification ⇒ page 147
♦ Shiftmatic gear oil specification ⇒ page 147
– Check gearbox and rear axle for leaks and damage.
– Check wiring, hoses and connections of gearbox, final drive
and rear axle for leaks, abrasions, porosity and brittleness.
4.54.1 Manual gearbox oil specification
Note
Only gear oil - G 009 317 A2- must be replenished or topped-up

in the “manual gearbox”.
4.54.2 Shiftmatic gear oil specification
Note
Only gear oil - G 009 317 A2- must be replenished or topped-up

in the “mechanical part of manual gearbox”.
Note
Only hydraulic oil - G 004 000 M2- must be replenished or topped-

up in the “hydraulic part of manual gearbox”.

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.54.3 Rear differential oil specification
Note
It is only permissible to replenish or top up the “rear differential”

with gear oil - G 052 145- .
4.55 Tightening leaf spring bolts
Note
♦ This work is only done at the first interval service and then at
120,000 km.
♦ This is a separate charge for the customer.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Special tools and workshop equipment required olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
e
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1332/- (40-200 Nm)thoris nte
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
The following description applies to both sides of leaf springs.

m
a
com
tion in
– If necessary, clean nuts and thread -1- from soiling or e.g. un‐
r
te o
thi
derbody sealant.
s
iva
do
r
rp
– Mark original position of nuts -1-.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
– To reduce friction, loosen the first nut -1- approx. 45 degrees.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Then tighten U bolt nuts -1- for leaf springs to specified torque
gh ht
yri by
using torque wrench - V.A.G 1332/- . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Specified torque for nut: 160 Nm.
Note
♦ The nut must be turned back at least to its original position.

♦ Overtightening is then permitted.
♦ It is not permitted to tighten to the »clack« point to 160 Nm.
– Carry out same procedure for remaining nuts -1-.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ho
ir se tee Crafter 2006 ➤
t or
au ac Maintenance - Edition 12.2014
ss
ce
le
un
pt
4.56 Air filter saturation indicator (if fitted):
an
d
itte
y li
Carrying out visual check
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
In Lowline and Highline models the information shown on the
t to the co
dash panel insert differs.
rrectness of i
In Lowline version the soiling of the air filter is shown by a “yellow
air filter warning lamp” in the dash panel insert.
l purpos
In the Highline version, “Air filter soiled” appears on the multi-

function display of instrument cluster.
nform
ercia
– When the “yellow air filter warning lamp” lights up or “air filter
m
a
com
soiled” appears in the multi-function display of instrument clus‐
tion in
ter, the service period for the air filter has been reached and
r
te o
thi
the air filter element must be renewed ⇒ page 92 .
s
iva
do
r
4.57 Activated charcoal/combination filter for

rp
cum
fo
en
g
air conditioning system: Renewing filter

n
t.
yi Co
op py
element
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Felt filter mat for roof air conditioning system: Renew filter el‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
ement ⇒ page 149
– Press filter element in direction of -arrow- until the filter locking
lugs release.
– Filter element can now be removed upwards.
– If necessary, afterwards clean filter housing with e.g. a vac‐
uum cleaner or lint-free cloth.
– Insert new filter element in reverse order of removal.
Note
♦ Depending on equipment version, a dust and pollen filter or an

activated charcoal/combination filter is installed.
♦ Refer to PR numbers to check which equipment has been in‐
stalled.
4.58 Felt filter mat for roof air conditioning

system: Renewing filter element
The felt filter mat is installed under the roof in passenger com‐
partment.
Note
Never use air conditioning system without air filter or when the
filter is soiled or defective.
– Removing and installing felt filter mat, see ⇒ Heating, air con‐
ditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioning

Crafter 2006 ➤
4.59 Checking seat belts and belt buckles for

exterior damage and function
Note
♦ Always renew seat belt or belt buckle if damaged, malfunc‐

tioning etc.
♦ If the customer does not wish to renew the damaged seat belt,
make a note on the repair order.
– Pull belt webbing -1- completely out and check for cut fibres,
chafing or further damage. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Rectify belt webbing, if twisted -arrow-. This is a separate

charge.
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check locking mechanism of belt inertia reel -1- by abruptly

pulling belt webbing.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Engage buckle tongue -1- with belt buckle and check belt
buckle latch -arrow- by abruptly pulling buckle tongue -1-.
– Check belt buckle for damage as follows:
♦ Buckle tongue guide is flush with upper edge of housing -1-.

♦ Red release button protrudes too far -2-
♦ Loose buckle housing -3-.
– Check condition of belt buckle anchorages and for exterior

damage. Abrasive areas -arrow- on the seat trim may be signs
that wires are broken and beltagbuckle
n AG. Voanchorages
lkswagen AG are de‐
w e does
formed. yV
olks not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Check if wires of belt buckle anchorages are broken -1- or de‐

t to the co
formed -arrow- and for exterior damage of buckle housing

-2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
4.60 Retightening threaded connections of

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Crafter 4MOTION with Achleitner four-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
wheel drive
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Front threaded connections: Retightening ⇒ page 152
♦ Rear threaded connections: Retightening ⇒ page 153

Crafter 2006 ➤
wage es n
♦ Torque angle wrench - V.A.G 1756 A- y Vo lks ot g
ua
d b ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
4.60.1 Front threaded connections: Retighten‐
ing
ss o
cial p
f inform
Note
mer
atio
om
The following description applies to both sides.

n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– If necessary, clean nuts and threads -1 to 9- of soiling or e.g.

en
ng
t.
yi
underbody sealant.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Then tighten nuts and bolts -1 to 9- to specified torque using yri
p by
o Vo
torque wrench - V.A.G 1332/- or torque angle wrench - V.A.G
c by lksw
cted agen
1756 A- according to following figure.
Prote AG.
Note

1756 A- !

Crafter 2006 ➤
1 - Bolt on middle of integral

carrier
• M14x1.5
• Specified torque: 120 Nm
+270°
2 - Differential bonded rubber
bush to front axle carrier
• M14
3 - Front and rear bolts of inte‐
gral carrier
• M14x1.5
4 - Bolt of gearbox transverse
carrier
• M14x1.5
5 - Suspension turret to front
axle carrier
• M12
• Specified torque: 75 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
6 - Lower part of shock absorb‐ by
Vo gu
ara
er to upper part of transverse rised
nte
link aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
• M16
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
7 - Lower part of transverse link ility
ot p
to front axle carrier wit

is n
h re
• M14x1.5
ole,
spec
• Specified torque: 172 Nm + 90°

t to the co
8 - Upper part of transverse link to front axle carrier

• M16x1.5
rrectne

ss
9 - Steering rack to front axle carrier

o
cial p
f in
• Specified torque: 80 Nm + 90°

form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
4.60.2 Rear threaded connections: Retighten‐

thi
te
sd
va
ing
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Note
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
The nuts and bolts must be retightened only once during the first cted agen
Prote AG.
service.

Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
The following description applies to both sides.

– If necessary, clean nuts and threads -1, 2 + 3- of soiling or e.g.
underbody sealant.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Tighten nuts -1- of U-bolts for leaf springs
olks to specified torque
wag does
not
using torque wrench - V.A.G 1332/- ed
.
b yV gu
ara
ris nte
Specified torque: 190 Nm ho eo
aut ra
ss c
– Tighten shock absorber on axle beam -2- to specified torque
ce
le
un
pt
using torque wrench - V.A.G 1332/- .
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Tighten shock absorber on chassis frame -3- to specified tor‐
wit
is n
que using torque wrench - V.A.G 1332/- .
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
4.61 Camshaft drive toothed belt: checking

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
condition
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
Applicable to:
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ as of model year 2013
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Every 40,000 km
♦ Diesel engines in “dusty” regions
– Remove toothed belt guard ⇒ Rep. gr. 15 ; Toothed belt drive;
Assembly overview - toothed belt guard .
– Turn crankshaft at least one full turn and check toothed belt
condition on following points:
♦ Cracks, cross sectional breaks
♦ Layer separation (toothed belt body, draw strands)
♦ Toothed belt body breakup
♦ Fraying of cord strands
♦ Surface cracks (synthetic coating)
♦ Traces of oil and grease

Crafter 2006 ➤
When checking condition, the following is especially to be looked

for:
♦ -A- Cracks, cross-sectional breaks, cracks (coating)
♦ -B- Side contact
♦ -C- Fraying of cord strands
♦ -D- Cracks (in teeth base)
♦ Layer separation (toothed belt body, draw strands)
♦ Surface cracks (synthetic coating)
♦ Traces of oil and grease
Note
If faults are found always renew toothed belt. This will avoid pos‐
sible breakdowns or operating problems. Renewing a toothed belt
is a repair measure.
4.62 Bonded rubber bushes for transfer box:

Renewing
– The procedure is described in workshop manual ⇒ Rep. gr.
34 . en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
Vol
4.63 ed
by Propshaft for front axle: Renew gu
ara
nte
oris eo
– The procedure
au
th
is described in workshop manual ⇒ Rep. ra gr.
39 . ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
4.64 Front and rear wheel bearings: Renew

an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
40 and ⇒ Rep. gr. 42 .

wit
, is n
h re
4.65 Gearbox balance weight: Renewing

hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
34 .
4.66 Boot for brake piston: Renewing

rrectness of i

l purpos
47 .
nf
ercia
4.67 Poly V-belt: Check

orm
m
atio

om
n in
or c
♦ Open-end spanner - 3312-

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
WARNING
Under no circumstances may the engine be turned in opposite

direction of engine rotation -arrow B- at the viscous fan shaft
-arrow-. This can result in the shaft being loosened and the
vehicle breaking down. When tightening the viscous fan bolt,
only counterhold in direction of engine rotation -arrowwaA- using
gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
the open-end spanner - 3312- . yV
olks not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Use a socket spanner to turn the engine at the vibration damp‐
an
d
itte
y li
er/pulley.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
– Check poly V-belt -1- for:
s o
cial p
f i
♦ Substructure cracks (cracks, core ruptures, cross sectional
nform
breaks)
mer
atio
m
♦ Layer separation (top layer, cord strands)

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
♦ Base break-up
te
sd
iva
o
r
♦ Fraying of cord strands

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ Flank wear (material wear, frayed flanks, brittle flanks -glassy
yi Co
op
flanks-, surface cracks)
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Traces of oil and grease cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Effect of foreign bodies
♦ Blue coloration due to heat (danger of slipping)
If the visual check shows that something is wrong and the poly V-
belt has to be removed, please check the following components:
♦ Examine the poly V-belt for the effect of foreign bodies.
♦ Bearing damage (turn by hand and examine for noises and
smooth running).
♦ Functional check of alternator pulley with freewheel.
♦ Check poly V-belt tensioner for axial displacement.
Caution
♦ If faults are found it is absolutely necessary to renew the

poly V-belt.
♦ This will avoid possible breakdowns or operating prob‐
lems.
♦ Renewing the poly V-belt is a repair measure.
♦ Defective components must be renewed. The tensioner
must be renewed in any case.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
orise Crafter 2006 n➤
tee
h
aut
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
5 Legally required extra work accord‐
itte
y li
erm
ab
ing to country
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
The following exhaust emission test description is only applicable
in countries where specific exhaust emission regulations have to
be adhered to.
rrectne
Additional work in countries where NO specific exhaust emission
ss
tests according to country-specific regulations have to be per‐
o
cial p
f
formed ⇒ page 172
inform
mer
♦ General for exhaust emissions test ⇒ page 157
atio
om
♦ Procedure according to engine codes ⇒ page 157
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Engine codes: BJJ, BJK, BJL, BJM, CEBA, CEBB, CECA,
t
sd
iva
o
CECB, CKTC, CKUB, CKUC ⇒ page 158
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ Exhaust emissions test with OBD ⇒ page 168

t.
yi Co
Cop py
5.1 General for exhaust emissions test

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5.1.1 Exhaust emissions test intervals

Vehicles with diesel engine and OBD:
Note
♦ Observe country-specific legal regulations.

♦ Exhaust emissions test badges are omitted as of 1 January
2010; only the main inspection badges are then available.
♦ Existing exhaust emissions test badges will be removed from
the vehicle by the test centres at the next main inspection or
so-called "repair badges" will be affixed over them.
♦ If the OBD test is carried out, the inspector must issue an ex‐
haust emissions test record according to Annex VIII No.
3.1.1.1 German vehicle licensing regulations.
♦ If “NOT” all readiness codes have been set, a “conventional”
exhaust emissions test must be performed.
♦ Reason: It is permissible for a non-deletable event memory
that carries out specially prescribed NOx monitoring of the ve‐
hicle to be checked according to the “conventional” exhaust
emissions test procedure.
♦ No obligation of storage and submission exists for the exhaust
emissions test records if the exhaust emissions test record has
been transferred to the main inspection test report by the offi‐
cially recognised expert.
5.2 Procedure according to engine codes

BJJ ⇒ page 158
BJK ⇒ page 158
BJL ⇒ page 158
BJM ⇒ page 158
CEBA ⇒ page 158
5. Legally required extra work according to country 157

Crafter 2006 ➤
CEBB ⇒ page 158

CECA ⇒ page 158
CECB ⇒ page 158
CKTB ⇒ page 158
CKTC ⇒ page 158
CKUB ⇒ page 158
AG. Volkswagen AG d
CKUC ⇒ page 158 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
5.3 Engine codes: BJJ, BJK, BJL, BJM, CE‐ ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
BA, CEBB, CECA, CECB, CKTB, s a c
s
ce
e
CKTC, CKUB, CKUC
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Emissions testing station - VAS 6300-
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
♦ Adapter cable for OBD communication with other makes of
his
ate
vehicle - VAS 5052/16-
do
priv
cum
or
♦ ⇒ Data sheets for exhaust emissions test

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
5.3.1 Procedure
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ All test conditions and data required for emissions test: ⇒ Data
sheets for exhaust emissions test
♦ If possible, the test should be completed outdoors following a
road test. If this is not possible for various reasons (weather,
excessive noise in residential areas), then the test can be car‐
ried out in a workshop.
♦ To reduce noise levels, the bonnet should be closed on first
catch during tests.
5.3.2 Carrying out exhaust emissions test on

components that affect pollution
– Carry out visual check for:
♦ Installation
♦ Completeness
♦ Leakage
♦ Damage
158 5. Legally required extra work according to country

Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
Faults found are to be rectified.
5.3.3 Test conditions

Engine temperature at least 80 °C
No fault in event memory ⇒ page 70
Note
To reach the engine revs limit, the TCS and ESP button - E256-
has to be pressed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
5.3.4 Connecting test units d byV
olksw not
gu
ara
ise nte
r
– Connect emissions testing station - VAS 6300- with
ut
h adapter
o eo
ra
cable for OBD communication with other makes
ss a of vehicle - c
VAS 5052/16- as per operating instructions.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Description, measuring process, function, setting up and opera‐
itte
y li
erm
tion ⇒ emissions testing station VAS 6300 .
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ It is only possible to carry out an exhaust emissions test when
t to the co
all units of the emissions testing station - VAS 6300- are con‐
nected properly and combined with each other according to
operating instructions.
rrectness of i
♦ All work to be performed is displayed by the emissions testing
l purpos
station - VAS 6300- .
nform
ercia
5.3.5 Test sequence

m
at
om
ion
c
– Manual gearbox: Gear stick in neutral
in t
or
his
te
– Shiftmatic gearbox: Move selector lever to position “N”.

a
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
Note
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
has to be pressed.
Perform exhaust emissions test according to instructions on die‐

sel tester display.

Crafter 2006 ➤
Initial screen:
– Select button exhaust emissions test -arrow-.
An overview is displayed to select the respective EET type.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
– Select button EET diesel -arrow-.
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
The display for warm-up phase appears.

inform
mer
– Continue exhaust emissions test according to instructions on

atio
display.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If the EET specification selection is displayed, select respec‐

tive EET specification selection button -arrow-.
Select:
♦ “Standard values” when an EET is performed for the first time
Or
♦ Select “Last vehicle” when an EET is to be carried out again.
– Press button Continue on display, -1- in illustration.
Vehicle data input:
The vehicle data input menu is displayed.

Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ 1 = Vehicle manufacturer “e.g. Volkswagen”

♦ 2 = Vehicle type “e.g. Crafter”
♦ 3 = Key number for 1 “e.g. 11”
♦ 4 = Key number for 2.1 (code for 2) “e.g. 0603”
♦ 5 = Key number for 2.2 (code for D2) “e.g. 358”
♦ 6 = Engine codes “e.g. BJJ”
♦ 7 = Registration number: “H - HH 1234”
♦ 8 = Vehicle identification number
“e.g. WV1ZZZ2EZ6H000001”
♦ 9 = Mileage “e.g. 32000”
Enter vehicle identification data from vehicle registration docu‐

ment using keyboard as follows:
♦ Vehicle manufacturer -A-
♦ Key number -B-
♦ Vehicle type -C-
♦ Key number -D- (the first 3 digits)
♦ Vehicle identification number -E-
Note
♦ The test can be interrupted using GoTo button.

♦ Further functions can be called up using GoTo button.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Select Diesel OBD , -arrow-.

Specified data input for EET:
There are different ways to enter the specified data:
♦ 1. Manual input
♦ 2. Bar code input of EET data sheet
♦ 3. ELSA web service
Note
♦ To use the ELSA web service, the VAS 5052 which is used for
the exhaust emissions test, must be integrated in the work‐
shop network.
♦ For the ELSA web service the vehicle specified data are au‐
tomatically transmitted via the network to the respective mask.
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
♦ If specifications are not available as bar code, kthey
swa are to be does
not
Vol
entered manually. d by gu
ara
rise nte
o
♦ All test conditions and data required autfor exhaust emissions
h eo
ra
test, see ⇒ Data sheets for exhausts emissions test for the re‐
s c
spective engine.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
Manual specified data input for EET:
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Perform manual data input according to instructions on dis‐
wit
, is n
play.
h re
hole
spec
– Enter displayed values on EET data sheet on display in col‐
es, in part or in w
umn “Test values for exhaust emissions test” in the following

t to the co
sequence:
1- Speed for conditioning
rrectness of i
2- Number of throttle bursts for conditioning

l purpos
3- Engine oil temperature (min. value)

nform
ercia
4- Select engine oil temperature measurement procedure

m
5- Idling speed
a
com
tion in
6- Rev limit
r
te o
thi
s
iva
7- Rev limit measuring period (1 second)

do
r
rp
cum
fo
8- Opacity figure (arithmetic average)

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
9- Select probe type (No. of probe) C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
10 - Select measuring mode cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
11 - Measured period portion
AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– When all data have been entered properly, press → button

-arrow- in illustration.
Specified data input for EET as bar code:
– If specified data for EET are available as bar code, read bar
code of EET data sheet with bar code reader.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut
All data required
ss a are shown on display -1-. ra
c
ce
e
Press → button -arrow- in illustration to continue procedure.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Visual check:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– If visual check is OK press OK button -arrow- in illustration. nform

ercia
Note
m
at
om
ion
c
When button “not OK” is pressed the exhaust emissions test is

in t
or
his
e
interrupted.
at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The visual check is displayed with the request to connect the di‐
agnostic connector -arrow A- and to check the “exhaust emissions
warning lamp” -arrow B-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Crafter 2006 ➤ autho eo
ra
Maintenance - Edition 12.2014 ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Open fuse box cover -1- on left under dash panel.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Connect connector of adapter cable for OBD communication
ility
ot p
with other makes of vehicle - VAS 5052/16- to EOBD connec‐
wit
is n
tion.
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Perform visual check of “exhaust emissions warning lamp”.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
– If “exhaust emissions warning lamp” lights up, press button
mer
atio
Lamp On -arrow C- in illustration.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
If the “exhaust emissions warning lamp” does not light up during

t.
yi Co
op
visual check, the result of the exhaust emissions test is “Failed”. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Start engine and maintain idling speed.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Enter result of visual check.
It is automatically switched to test for readiness of operation.
A check is carried out here to find out whether all tests for readi‐
ness of operation which are supported by the control unit have
been performed.
Conditioning:
In the conditioning phase the engine and, if necessary, the emis‐
sion control systems are brought to operating temperature by
throttle bursts and are prepared for the exhaust emissions test.
– Maintain engine speed in required engine speed range.

If conditioning is not necessary, press → button on display
-arrow- to proceed to next measurement.
Reading engine temperature:
Note
The engine temperature is read via the diagnostic connector of

engine control unit.

Crafter 2006 ➤
When the required engine temperature is reached, it is automat‐

ically switched to display for measuring the idling speed.
Measuring idling speed:
Measurement starts when the engine speed has reached the re‐
quired level.
Note
♦ Do not insert emission probe into exhaust tail pipe.

♦ Measurement can be skipped using → button, i.e. the exhaust
emissions test has failed.
♦ Measured values are reset using the ← button, and the test
can be repeated.
– Maintain engine speed in required engine speed range.

olkswagen AG
en AG. V
The remaining time to perform measurement
ksw
ag is indicated on dis‐
does
not
Vol
play -arrow-. db
y gu
ara
e nte
ris
Measuring rev limit: autho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Note
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
has to be pressed.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
WARNING
t to the co
If the rev limit is exceeded, lift off accelerator pedal immediately

and perform repair measures.
rrectness
It is automatically switched to display for measuring rev limit.

o
cial p
f in
Measurement starts when the engine speed has reached the re‐
form
mer
quired level.
atio
om
– Operate throttle until the measurement is carried out. To do

n
c
i
or
this, immediately depress accelerator pedal.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
The time remaining -arrow- for performance of the measurement

is displayed.
Note
♦ Do not insert emission probe into exhaust tail pipe.

Air quality check: lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
An air quality checkrisis
ed carried out before starting the free accel‐ran
tee
eration. When doing
uth this, no emission probe must be in the
o
or
exhaust tail pipe.
ss Otherwise measuring errors or faulty signals
a ac
could occur during further measurements.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– When the air quality check is carried out, insert emission probe
erm
ab
into exhaust tail pipe
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Free acceleration:
h re
hole
spec
It is automatically switched to display for “Free acceleration”.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
During “Free acceleration” the engine is revved up to rev limit
without load as quickly as possible.
The “Free acceleration” test consists of at least four throttle
rrectness of i
bursts.
l purpos
Free acceleration - phase 1:

nform
ercia
– Follow instructions on display -arrow A- and -arrow C- in illus‐

m
at
om
tration.
on
c
in t
or
– Maintain idling speed in engine speed range indicated

his
ate
-arrow D- in illustration.
do
priv
cum
or
The remaining time to perform measurement is displayed

f
en
ng
t.
yi
-arrow B- in illustration.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note Prote
cted AG.
agen
♦ The emissions probe must be in the exhaust tail pipe.

♦ If the speed deviates from engine speed range indicated, the
measurement starts again.
Free acceleration - phase 2:

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Follow instructions on display -arrow B-.

– Depress accelerator pedal fully when prompted and hold until
the prompt for idling is shown on display.
Free acceleration - phase 3: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Remove foot from accelerator pedal when ed b the prompt for idling ara
nte
is
is shown on display -arrow B- andthorun engine at idling speed.
r eo
au ra
c
The test results and information on
s the latest “Free acceleration”
s
ce
e
are shown on display -arrow A-. If the measured values are not
nl
pt
du
an
OK, here you can obtain information why the “Free acceleration” itte
y li
has failed.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ If the field is coloured “white” the measured value is within tol‐
t to the co
erance.
♦ If the field is coloured “red” the measured value is outside tol‐
rrectness of i
erance.
l purpos
♦ If the field is coloured “yellow” the measured value is outside

tolerance, but can be assessed by the operator.
nf
ercia
o
Further throttle bursts:
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Follow instructions on display -arrow B-.

or
thi
te
sd
Now the next throttle burst follows, starting with phase 1 of “Free
iva
o
r
acceleration”.
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Many “Free accelerations” can be carried out until

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Three “Free accelerations” have been completed in succes‐ yri
gh by
ht
sion and the range of acceleration is OK.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ All values are OK, with the exception of range of acceleration,
AG.
and the test is continued by pressing the → button -arrow C-

in illustration. (In this case, the operator assesses if the value
is OK).
♦ The values are not OK and the measurement is terminated/
skipped by pressing the → button -arrow C- in illustration.
If the measured values are OK after three throttle bursts in suc‐
cession, i.e. all fields are coloured white, the exhaust emissions
test is completed.
Evaluation:
When the exhaust emissions test has been performed, the log is
shown on display.
The test result is displayed.
At position -arrow A- remarks concerning the EET can be entered.
They will then be included in the test log.
– When the EET is classed as passed, select date in drop-down
menu, -arrow B- in illustration and press button EET sticker
issued .
– Then confirm exhaust emissions test with Yes button,

-arrow C- in illustration.
After confirming, the two “TEST CERTIFICATES” are printed out
automatically.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Then confirm with Yes -arrow C-.
– If a further test certificate is required, press button Print

-arrow A- on display.
– Take emission probe out of exhaust tail pipe.
swage es n
– Then press → button -arrow B- in illustration. byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
The exhaust emissions test is completed. A new uth exhaust emis‐
o tee
or
sions test can be performed. ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
5.4 Exhaust emissions test with OBD
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ The following exhaust emission test description is only appli‐

cable in countries where specific exhaust emission regulations
nform
ercia
have to be adhered to.

m
♦ In motor vehicles with spark ignition engine or compression

at
om
io
ignition engine which were initially registered for use on the

n
c
in t
r
road as of 01.01.2008, measurement and processing of the

o
his
te
exhaust emissions behaviour are omitted if all readiness co‐

a
do
riv
des are set.

p
cum
for
en
ng
♦ If “NOT” all readiness codes are set, an exhaust emissions test

t.
yi Co
op
must be performed ⇒ page 157 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Reason: It is permissible for a non-deletable event memory cop Vo
by lksw
that carries out specially prescribed NOx monitoring of the ve‐ cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS

5051B- wage
es ks not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Vehicle diagnostic and service information system - VAS 5052
A-
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Diagnosis cable - VAS 5052/3-
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Perform visual check:
♦ Crankcase breather system connected,
♦ Exhaust system must be leak tight,
♦ Catalytic converter and particulate filter present and undam‐
aged.
Checking and adjusting prerequisites:
♦ Electrical consumers switched off,
♦ Air conditioner switched off,
♦ As of an engine oil temperature of at least 60 °C, warm the
engine to at least 80 °C by revving freely 10 times up to the
rev. limit.

Crafter 2006 ➤
Note
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
ksw not
– Manual gearbox: gear lever in neutral. y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
ris
– Open fuse box cover -1- on left under thodash panel. eo
s au ra
c
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system - s
ce
e
nl
VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service information
pt
du
an
system - VAS 5052- ⇒ page 70 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Press Guided functions button -arrow- on display.

Vehicle identification begins.
nform
ercia
– Select brand, vehicle model, model year, etc.

m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Select “Engine” -arrow- in vehicle diagnosis system guided
menu.

Crafter 2006 ➤
– Select “Generate readiness code” -arrow-.

– Follow instructions of vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa‐
tion system - VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service
Evaluation:
After running through readiness code, result appears on screen.
Note
wage e
♦ Exhaust emissions test
y V is PASSED when all “ACTUAL
olks s no
t gvalues”
u
correspond to “SPECIFICATIONS”.
ris
ed
b ara
nte
tho e
If not all readiness codes are set, an exhaust emissions test
or
♦ s au ac
must be carried
s out ⇒ page 158 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Print out the evaluation with Print .
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– End programme.
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
hole
VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service information spec

system - VAS 5052- .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Complete exhaust emissions test record according to Annex

VIII No. 3.1.1.1 German vehicle licensing regulations.
rrectness of i
– Close fuse box cover on left under dash panel.

l purpos
Note
nform
ercia

m
at
om

ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
the vehicle by the test centres at the next main inspection or

do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
emissions test records if the exhaust emissions test record has t. C rig
gh ht
been transferred to the main inspection test report by the offi‐ pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Crafter 2006 ➤
6 Additional work in countries where no

specific exhaust emission regula‐
tions have to be adhered to
Note
The following exhaust emissions test description is applicable

only in countries where no specific exhaust emission regulations
have to be adhered to.
♦ Exhaust emissions test ⇒ page 172

♦ Exhaust emissions test with OBD ⇒ page 176
6.1 Exhaust emissions test
6.1.1 Exhaust emissions test intervals

en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw not
♦ 3 years after initial registration and
by then every 2 years
Vo gu
ara
ed nte
ris
6.1.2 Procedure according
au
tho to engine codes eo
ra
ss c
ce
BJJ ⇒ page 172
e
nl
pt
du
an
BJK ⇒ page 172
itte
y li
erm
ab
BJL ⇒ page 172
ility
ot p
BJM ⇒ page 172

wit
, is n
h re
CEBA ⇒ page 172
hole
CEBB ⇒ page 172 spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
CECA ⇒ page 172
CECB ⇒ page 172
rrectness of i
CKTB ⇒ page 172

CKTC ⇒ page 172
l purpos
CKUB ⇒ page 172

CKUC ⇒ page 172
nform
mercia
6.1.3 Engine codes: BJJ, BJK, BJL, BJM, CE‐

at
om
ion
c
BA, CEBB, CECA, CECB, CKTB,

in t
or
his
te
CKTC, CKUB, CKUC

a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Diesel tester - V.A.G 1743-
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
172 6. Additional work in countries where no specific exhaust emission regulations have to be adhered to
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Engine speed adapter - VAS 6296-
Or
♦ Emissions testing station - VAS 6300-
♦ ⇒ Data sheets for exhaust emissions test
Note
♦ All test conditions and data required for exhaust emissions

test: ⇒ Data sheets for exhaust emissions test
♦ If possible, the test should be completed outdoors following a
road test. If this is not possible for various reasons (weather,n AG. Volkswagen A
excessive noise in residential areas), then the test canolkbe
swacar‐
ge G do
es n
ried out in a workshop. V ot g
y ua
db r e an
ris tee
♦ To reduce noise levels, the bonnet should be
ut closed on first
ho or
catch during tests. ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
6.1.4 Performing visual check of components
erm
ab
ility
that affect pollution
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Carry out visual check for:
hole
spec
♦ Installation
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Completeness
♦ Leakage
rrectness of i
♦ Damage
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio

om
n in
or c
thi
e
6.1.5 Test conditions

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
Engine temperature at least 80 °C

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
No faults in event memory ⇒ page 70 C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Additional work in countries where no specific exhaust emission regulations have to be adhered to 173
Crafter 2006 ➤
Note

exhaust emissions test must be performed ⇒ page 157 .
6.1.6 Connecting test units

– Connect diesel tester - V.A.G 1743- according to operating
instructions.
Description, measuring process, function, setting up and opera‐
tion see ⇒ V.A.G 1743 operating instructions
Note
♦ The engine speed adapter - VAS 6296- can be used instead

of the TDC sender, for engines where the hole of the TDC
sender cannot be reached or cannot be reached easily or is
large.
♦ It is not possible to use the diesel tester pick-up clamp (for
cylinder 1). n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
♦ Connect engine speed adapter - bVAS y V 6296- with ignition
ol ot g
ua
switched off. o
ir se
d ran
tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Note
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Follow operating instructions for engine speed adapter - VAS

ility
ot p
6296- .
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Strictly follow the safety precautions in the operating instruc‐

hole
spec
tions.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If the engine speed is displayed incorrectly or not at all, use ⇒

Operating instructions for VAS 1743 or ⇒ Operating instructions
for VAS 6296 for assistance.
rrectness of i
l purpos
6.1.7 Test sequence with diesel tester V.A.G

1743:
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
Note
or c
thi
te
sd
a
The combustion tester - V.A.G 1743- can be used alternatively to

iv
o
r
rp
cu
the diesel tester - V.A.G 1500- .

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Carry out the following procedure: t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Perform exhaust emissions test according to instructions on die‐
co Vo
by lksw
cted
sel tester - V.A.G 1743- display.
agen
Prote AG.
If the following is indicated on display: n rpm mode k 1/m T °C

XXX XXXX B X.XX XX
Unit ready to carry out measurements.
Crafter 2006 ➤
Checking idling speed

Idling speed not within specified range:
Note
The idling speed and maximum speed can be checked but not
adjusted.
– If the values are not within specified range, a repair measure

must be made.
Performing acceleration test AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Press button for Acceleration
d byV
o
test . gu
ara
ise nte
r
First, a fresh air comparison
ut
ho
is performed. eo
ra
s a c
s
If the following is indicated on display:
ce
e
n rpm tB s k 1/m Gas T °C M

nl
pt
du
XXX XXXX -.- X.XX 0 XX -
an
itte
y li
Current values for temperature and speed are displayed.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The arrow pointing upwards indicates that the unit is waiting for
wit
, is n
the throttle burst.
h re
hole
spec
– Depress accelerator pedal fully and hold for specified time.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check maximum engine speed (not adjustable).
rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos
If the governed speed (maximum speed) is exceeded, lift off

accelerator pedal immediately and perform repair measures.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
– If the values are not within specified range, a repair measure

om
n in
must be made.
or c
thi
e
If the unit detects a valid throttle burst (the speed increases con‐
t
sd
iva
tinually during measuring period tx), the following is indicated on

r
rp
cu
o
display:
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
If the following is indicated on display: C py
ht. rig n rpm tB s k 1/m Gas T °C M
rig ht XXX XXXX -.- -.- 1 XX -
py by
co Vo
by lksw
The display remains “frozen” during the evaluation phase (ap‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
prox. 15 seconds).
After the evaluation phase, the display changes to: n rpm tB s k 1/m Gas T °C M
XXX XXXX X.XX X.XX 1 XX -
The arrow pointing upwards indicates that the unit is waiting for
the next throttle burst.
Repeat test 4 times.
The following is indicated on display after each throttle burst: n rpm tB s k 1/m Gas T °C M
XXX XXXX X.XX X.XX X XX -
In this way, the unit measures and registers at least four throttle
bursts. After the fourth and for each further throttle burst se‐
quence, an average of the last three measurements is performed.
The following is indicated on display after each throttle burst: n rpm tB s k 1/m Gas T °C M
XXX XXXX X.XX X.XX X XX -
After 10 seconds, this display changes to: tB s k 1/m band width M

Average X.XX X.XX X.XX -
Crafter 2006 ➤
After 5 seconds, this display changes to: tB s k 1/m band width M

Average X.XX X.XX XX -
The display remains until a further throttle burst is performed or

another measurement is called up.
If the opacity figures are equal to or less than the prescribed fig‐
ures, cease measurements.
But if the determined opacity figures are over the prescribed fig‐
ures, locate fault during a repair measure
6.2 Exhaust emissions test with OBD
Note
♦ In motor vehicles with spark ignition engine or compression

ignition engine which were initially registered for use on the
road as of 01.01.2008, measurement and processing of the
exhaust emissions behaviour are omitted if all readiness co‐
des are set.
exhaust emissions test must be performed ⇒ page 157 .
. Volkswagen AG
Special tools and workshop equipment required kswagen AG does
not
Vol gu
♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information d bysystem - VAS ara
e nte
ris
5051B- tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Vehicle diagnostic and service information system - VAS 5052

l purpos
A-
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
♦ Diagnosis cable - VAS 5052/3-

– Perform visual check:
♦ Crankcase breather system connected,
♦ Exhaust system must be leak tight,
♦ Catalytic converter and particulate filter present and undam‐
aged.
Checking and adjusting prerequisites:
♦ Electrical consumers switched off,
♦ Air conditioner switched off,
♦ As of an engine oil temperature of at least 60 °C, warm the
engine to at least 80 °C by revving freely 10 times up to the
rev. limit.
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Faults found are to be rectified. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
– Pull on handbrake. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
– Shiftmatic gearbox: Move selector lever to “N” position. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Manual gearbox: gear lever in neutral.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Open fuse box cover -1- on left under dash panel.

ility
ot p
wit
– Connect vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -

, is n
h re

hole
spec
system - VAS 5052- ⇒ page 70 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
– Press Guided functions button -arrow- on display.

Vehicle identification begins.
– Select brand, vehicle model, model year, etc.
– Select “Engine” -arrow- in vehicle diagnosis system guided

menu. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Select “Generate readiness code” -arrow-.
– Follow instructions of vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa‐
tion system - VAS 5051B- or vehicle diagnosis and service
rrectne
s
Evaluation:
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Crafter 2006 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
After running through readiness code, result appears on
lksw
agscreen.
en oes
not
o
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
Note aut ra
ss c
ce
le
♦ Exhaust emissions test is PASSED when all “ACTUAL values”
un
pt
an
d
correspond to “SPECIFICATIONS”.
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ If not all readiness codes are set, an exhaust emissions test
pe
ility
ot
must be carried out ⇒ page 172 .
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Print out the evaluation with Print .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– End programme.
– Remove vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
rrectness of i
system - VAS 5052- .
l purpos
– Complete exhaust emissions test record according to Annex

VIII No. 3.1.1.1 German vehicle licensing regulations.
nform
ercia
– Close fuse box cover on left under dash panel.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
Note
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
the vehicle by the test centres at the next main inspection or pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
emissions test records if the exhaust emissions test record has
been transferred to the main inspection test report by the offi‐

SM 14

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SM 14

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg K0059030420

4.4 Checking that battery positive terminal clamp is securely attached . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

4.5 Battery (also second battery): Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

4.43 Clock: Setting to correct time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

4.52 Trailer coupling: Greasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

4.53 6-speed manual gearbox 0CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

4.55 Tightening leaf spring bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Diesel engines 2006 ►

1) Depending on vehicle equipment

ard diesel particulate filter (DPF).

3) When using diesel with elevated sulphur content, the service

life of the diesel particulate filter may be reduced. To find out

Engines: ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine

Capacity I 2.5 2.5 2.5

Engine code BJM CEBA CEBB

No. of cylinders/valves per cylinder 5/2 5/2 5/2

Output kW at rpm 120/3500 65/3300 80/3300

Torque Nm at rpm 350/2000 - 3000 250/1900 - 2300 300/1900 - 2300

Bore Diameter mm 81.0 81.0 81.0

Common Rail Common Rail Common Rail

Engines: ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine

1) Depending on vehicle equipment AG. Volkswagen AG d

Engines: ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine

Compression ratio 17.0 17.0 atio

Common Rail Common Rail

Fuel acc. to DIN EN 590 DIN EN 590

Diesel particulate filter

Engines: ⇒ Diesel engine Diesel engine Diesel engine

Engine code CKUC CSLB CSNA

Torque Nm at rpm 340/1575 - 2250 300/1500 400/1750 - 2500

Bore Diameter mm 81.0 81.0 81.0

Fuel acc. to DIN EN 590 DIN EN 590 DIN EN 590

Diesel particulate filter

yes 1) 2) yes 1) 2) yes 1) 2)

Camshaft drive Toothed belt Toothed belt Toothed belt

ard diesel particulate filter (DPF).

This chapter provides information on the following subjects:

♦ Information reference flexible or fixed service ⇒ page 4

♦ Service tables ⇒ page 6

2.1 Information reference flexible or fixed

Fixed service ⇒ page 4

2.1.1 Service identification

Model year PR number Service

2.1.2 Flexible service

For the flexible service, special LongLife engine oil is required

Vehicles with PR number “QG1” or “QI8” are set up for flexible

2.1.3 Fixed service

ready been determined and specified by Volkswagen Commer‐

For these vehicles the flexible service is not factory-activated.

Introduction of extended servicing intervals (ESI) ⇒ page 5 nf

Flexible service interval display (only vehicles with a flexible serv‐

Fixed service interval display (only vehicles with a fixed service)

Service type for service due ⇒ page 6

Service initial warning ⇒ page 6

Introduction of extended servicing intervals (ESI)

♦ The result of the evaluation is a measure of the deterioration

Fixed service interval display (only vehicles with a fixed service)

Service initial warning

If a service is due soon, an initial service warning appears on dash

panel insert display when ignition is switched on.